TWI904311B - Transfer material and method for producing laminate - Google Patents
Transfer material and method for producing laminateInfo
- Publication number
- TWI904311B TWI904311B TW110148155A TW110148155A TWI904311B TW I904311 B TWI904311 B TW I904311B TW 110148155 A TW110148155 A TW 110148155A TW 110148155 A TW110148155 A TW 110148155A TW I904311 B TWI904311 B TW I904311B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- photosensitive layer
- temporary support
- transfer material
- aforementioned
- less
- Prior art date
Links
Abstract
本揭示提供一種轉印材料及其應用,該轉印材料包括暫時支撐體和與上述暫時支撐體接觸之感光層,從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體時露出之上述感光層的表面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上。This disclosure provides a transfer material and its application, the transfer material comprising a temporary support and a photosensitive layer in contact with the temporary support, wherein the surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed when the photosensitive layer is peeled off from the temporary support is 2 nm or more.
Description
本揭示係關於一種轉印材料及積層體之製造方法。This disclosure relates to a transfer material and a method for manufacturing a laminate.
在下述專利文獻1中揭示有一種感光性轉印材料,其在覆蓋膜上依序具有感光層、黏著性層及暫時支撐體,上述感光層包含粒子,上述感光層與上述黏著性層接觸,上述感光層和前述黏著性層能夠剝離,將上述感光層和上述黏著性層剝離之後的上述感光層的表面具有由上述粒子形成之凹凸。Patent document 1 discloses a photosensitive transfer material having a photosensitive layer, an adhesive layer and a temporary support in sequence on a cover film. The photosensitive layer contains particles, the photosensitive layer is in contact with the adhesive layer, the photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer are peelable, and the surface of the photosensitive layer after peeling off the photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer has an unevenness formed by the particles.
[專利文獻1]日本特開2019-128445號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-128445
在使用上述專利文獻1中所記載之感光性轉印材料之類的以往的轉印材料之圖案形成方法中,出於解析度的提高及在圖案中產生之缺陷的減少之類的各種情況,有時利用在感光層的曝光前剝離暫時支撐體之方法。然而,在暫時支撐體剝離後的輸送過程中,因暫時支撐體的剝離而露出之感光層附著於輥之類的輸送裝置上,輸送性有時會下降。如上所述的現象在使暫時靜止之輸送物再度移動時容易發生。又,當使光罩與因暫時支撐體的剝離而露出之感光層接觸而對感光層進行曝光時,有時感光層附著於光罩而難以進行光罩的對位。In conventional pattern-forming methods using photosensitive transfer materials such as those described in Patent 1, a method of peeling off a temporary support before exposure of the photosensitive layer is sometimes employed to improve resolution and reduce defects in the pattern. However, during transport after the temporary support is peeled off, the exposed photosensitive layer adheres to the transport device, such as rollers, sometimes causing a decrease in transportability. This phenomenon is prone to occur when a temporarily stationary transported object is moved again. Furthermore, when exposing the photomask to the photosensitive layer exposed by the peeling off of the temporary support, the photosensitive layer sometimes adheres to the photomask, making it difficult to align the photomask.
本揭示的一實施形態的目的在於提供一種包括具有優異的光滑性之感光層之轉印材料。 本揭示的另一實施形態的目的在於提供一種使用包括具有優異的光滑性之感光層之轉印材料之積層體之製造方法。The purpose of one embodiment of this disclosure is to provide a transfer material comprising a photosensitive layer having excellent smoothness. The purpose of another embodiment of this disclosure is to provide a method for manufacturing a laminate using a transfer material comprising a photosensitive layer having excellent smoothness.
本揭示包括以下態樣。 <1>一種轉印材料,其包括暫時支撐體和與上述暫時支撐體接觸之感光層,從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體時露出之上述感光層的表面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上。 <2>如<1>所述之轉印材料,其中從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體時露出之上述暫時支撐體的表面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之轉印材料,其中從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體時露出之上述感光層的表面的粗糙度Ra為1,000nm以下。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之轉印材料,其中從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體時露出之上述暫時支撐體的表面的粗糙度Ra為1,000nm以下。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之轉印材料,其中從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體時露出之上述感光層的表面的靜摩擦係數為1.0以下。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之轉印材料,其中上述感光層包含具有10,000以上的重量平均分子量之高分子化合物,上述高分子化合物的玻璃轉移溫度為50℃以上。 <7>如<6>所述之轉印材料,其中上述感光層包含具有1,500以下的分子量之聚合性化合物,上述感光層中所包含之上述聚合性化合物的質量相對於上述感光層中所包含之上述高分子化合物的質量的比率為50%以下。 <8>如<7>所述之轉印材料,其中上述聚合性化合物包含具有2個以上的聚合性基之聚合性化合物。 <9>如<7>所述之轉印材料,其中上述聚合性化合物包含具有2個以上的聚合性基之聚合性化合物和具有3個以上的聚合性基之聚合性化合物。 <10>如<7>至<9>之任一項所述之轉印材料,其中上述聚合性化合物為乙氧基化甲基丙烯酸酯化合物。 <11>如<1>至<10>之任一項所述之轉印材料,其中上述感光層包含界面活性劑。 <12>如<1>至<11>之任一項所述之轉印材料,其中上述感光層的厚度為5μm以下。 <13>一種積層體之製造方法,其依序包括如下步驟:將包括暫時支撐體及與上述暫時支撐體接觸之感光層之轉印材料與基板進行貼合而在上述基板上依序配置上述感光層及上述暫時支撐體;從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體;及對因上述暫時支撐體的剝離而露出之上述感光層實施曝光處理及顯影處理而形成圖案,藉由從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體而露出之上述感光層的表面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上。 <14>如<13>所述之積層體之製造方法,其中藉由從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體而露出之上述感光層的表面的粗糙度Ra為1,000nm以下。 <15>如<13>或<14>所述之積層體之製造方法,其中上述曝光處理包括如下步驟:使上述感光層與光罩接觸而對上述感光層進行曝光。 [發明效果]This disclosure includes the following: <1> A transfer material comprising a temporary support and a photosensitive layer in contact with the temporary support, wherein the surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed when the photosensitive layer is peeled off from the temporary support is 2 nm or more. <2> The transfer material as described in <1>, wherein the surface roughness Ra of the temporary support exposed when the photosensitive layer is peeled off from the temporary support is 2 nm or more. <3> The transfer material as described in <1> or <2>, wherein the surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed when the photosensitive layer is peeled off from the temporary support is 1,000 nm or less. <4> The transfer material as described in any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the surface roughness Ra of the temporary support exposed when the photosensitive layer is peeled off from the temporary support is 1,000 nm or less. <5> The transfer material as described in any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the static friction coefficient of the surface of the photosensitive layer exposed when the photosensitive layer is peeled off from the temporary support is 1.0 or less. <6> The transfer material as described in any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the photosensitive layer comprises a polymer compound having a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 or more, and the glass transition temperature of the polymer compound is 50°C or more. <7> The transfer material as described in <6>, wherein the photosensitive layer comprises a polymeric compound having a molecular weight of 1,500 or less, and the mass ratio of the polymeric compound contained in the photosensitive layer to the mass ratio of the polymeric compound contained in the photosensitive layer is 50% or less. <8> The transfer material as described in <7>, wherein the polymeric compound comprises a polymeric compound having two or more polymeric groups. <9> The transfer material as described in <7>, wherein the polymeric compound comprises a polymeric compound having two or more polymeric groups and a polymeric compound having three or more polymeric groups. <10> The transfer material as described in any one of <7> to <9>, wherein the polymeric compound is an ethoxylated methacrylate compound. <11> The transfer material as described in any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the photosensitive layer comprises a surfactant. <12> The transfer material as described in any one of <1> to <11>, wherein the thickness of the photosensitive layer is 5 μm or less. <13> A method for manufacturing a laminate, comprising the following steps in sequence: bonding a transfer material including a temporary support and a photosensitive layer in contact with the temporary support to a substrate, thereby sequentially disposing the photosensitive layer and the temporary support on the substrate; peeling the temporary support from the photosensitive layer; and performing exposure processing and development processing on the photosensitive layer exposed by the peeling of the temporary support to form a pattern, wherein the surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed by peeling the temporary support from the photosensitive layer is 2 nm or more. <14> The method for manufacturing a laminate as described in <13>, wherein the surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed by peeling it from the temporary support is 1,000 nm or less. <15> The method for manufacturing a laminate as described in <13> or <14>, wherein the exposure processing includes the step of exposing the photosensitive layer to a photomask. [Invention Effects]
依本揭示的一實施形態,可提供一種包括具有優異的光滑性之感光層之轉印材料。 依本揭示的另一實施形態,可提供一種使用包括具有優異的光滑性之感光層之轉印材料之製造方法之積層體之製造方法。According to one embodiment of the present invention, a transfer material comprising a photosensitive layer having excellent smoothness can be provided. According to another embodiment of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a laminate using a method for manufacturing a transfer material comprising a photosensitive layer having excellent smoothness can be provided.
以下,對本揭示的內容進行說明。另外,參閱所附圖式進行說明,但有時省略符號。 在本揭示中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍係指將記載於“~”前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者或任一者。 在本揭示中,關於組成物中的各成分的量,當在組成物中存在複數種對應於各成分之物質時,只要沒有特別指定,則指存在於組成物中之對應之複數種物質的合計量。 在本揭示中,“步驟”這一術語不僅包含獨立之步驟,即使在無法與其他步驟明確區分之情況下,只要能夠達成步驟的預期目的,則亦包含於本術語中。 在本揭示中之基(原子團)的標記中,未標有經取代及未經取代之標記包含不具有取代基者,並且還包含具有取代基者。例如,“烷基”為不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),還包含具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。 在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則“曝光”不僅包括使用光之曝光,還包括使用電子束、離子束等粒子射線之描畫。又,作為曝光中所使用之光,一般可以舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等活性光線(活性能量射線)。 本揭示中之化學結構式亦有時以省略了氫原子之簡略結構式來記載。 在本揭示中,“質量%”與“重量%”同義,“質量份”與“重量份”同義。 在本揭示中,2個以上的較佳態樣的組合為更佳的態樣。 在本揭示中,“透明”係指波長400nm~700nm的可見光的平均透射率為80%以上,較佳為90%以上。 在本揭示中,可見光的平均透射率為使用分光光度計測定之值,例如能夠使用Hitachi, Ltd.製造之分光光度計U-3310而測定。 只要沒有特別指定,則本揭示中之重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)為藉由使用TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(均為TOSOH CORPORATION製造之商品名)的管柱之凝膠滲透層析(GPC)分析裝置並藉由溶劑THF(四氫呋喃)、示差折射計進行檢測,且使用聚苯乙烯作為標準物質而換算之分子量。 在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則金屬元素的含量為使用感應耦合電漿(ICP:Inductively Coupled Plasma)分光分析裝置測定之值。 在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則折射率為在波長550nm下使用橢圓偏光計測定之值。 在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則色相為使用色差計(CR-221,Minolta Co.,Ltd.製造)測定之值。 在本揭示中,“鹼可溶性”係指在液溫為22℃之碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液100g中的溶解度為0.1g以上。 在本揭示中,“固體成分”係指除溶劑以外的所有成分。 在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則轉印材料所具備之各層的層厚藉由如下步驟進行測定:利用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)觀察相對於轉印材料的主面垂直的方向的剖面,依據所得到之觀察圖像在任意5個點以上測量各層的厚度,並計算出其平均值。The contents of this disclosure are explained below. Refer to the accompanying figures for further explanation, although symbols are sometimes omitted. In this disclosure, the numerical range indicated by “~” refers to the range encompassed by the values recorded before and after “~” as lower and upper limits. In this disclosure, “(meth)acrylic acid” means either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid; “(meth)acrylate” means either or both of acrylate and methacrylate; and “(meth)acrylyl” means either or both of acrylyl and methacrylyl. In this disclosure, regarding the amount of each component in the composition, when multiple substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition, unless otherwise specified, it refers to the aggregate amount of the corresponding multiple substances present in the composition. In this disclosure, the term "step" includes not only independent steps, but also steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the intended purpose of the step is achieved. In the marking of bases (atomic groups) in this disclosure, the markings without "substituted" and "unsubstituted" include those without substituents, and also those with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl groups (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also substituted alkyl groups (substituted alkyl groups). In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Furthermore, the light used in exposure generally includes bright-line light from mercury lamps, far-ultraviolet light represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, and active light rays (active energy rays) such as electron beams. The chemical structural formulas in this disclosure are sometimes written using simplified formulas omitting the hydrogen atom. In this disclosure, "mass%" and "weight%" are synonymous, as are "parts by mass" and "parts by weight." In this disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred states is considered a better state. In this disclosure, "transparent" refers to an average transmittance of 80% or more for visible light with wavelengths of 400 nm to 700 nm, preferably 90% or more. In this disclosure, the average transmittance of visible light is a value measured using a spectrophotometer, such as the Hitachi, Ltd. U-3310 spectrophotometer. Unless otherwise specified, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) in this disclosure are calculated using a gel osmosis chromatography (GPC) analyzer with columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all trade names manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) and detected by solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and a differential refractometer, using polystyrene as a standard substance. In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the content of metallic elements is the value measured using an inductively coupled plasma (ICP) spectrophotometer. In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the refractive index is the value measured using an elliptical polarimeter at a wavelength of 550 nm. In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the hue is the value measured using a colorimeter (CR-221, manufactured by Minolta Co., Ltd.). In this disclosure, "alkaline solubility" refers to a solubility of 0.1 g or more in 100 g of a 1% (w/w) aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at a liquid temperature of 22°C. In this disclosure, "solid composition" refers to all components other than the solvent. In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the thickness of each layer of the transfer material is determined by the following steps: a cross-section perpendicular to the main surface of the transfer material is observed using a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the thickness of each layer is measured at any 5 or more points based on the obtained observation image, and the average value is calculated.
<轉印材料> 本揭示的一實施形態之轉印材料包括暫時支撐體和與上述暫時支撐體接觸之感光層,從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體時露出之上述感光層的表面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上。依上述實施形態,可提供一種包括具有優異的光滑性之感光層之轉印材料。感光層的光滑性提高之推斷原因認為如下。若從感光層剝離暫時支撐體時露出之感光層的表面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上,則在感光層的表面產生之摩擦減少。因此,推測感光層表面的光滑性提高。以下,對轉印材料具體地進行說明。在以下說明中,有時將在轉印材料中朝向感光層之暫時支撐體的面稱為“暫時支撐體的第1面”,將在轉印材料中朝向暫時支撐體之感光層的面稱為“感光層的第1面”。暫時支撐體的第1面與感光層的第1面對向。<Transfer Material> One embodiment of the transfer material disclosed herein includes a temporary support and a photosensitive layer in contact with the temporary support. The surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed when it is peeled off from the temporary support is 2 nm or more. According to the above embodiment, a transfer material including a photosensitive layer with excellent smoothness can be provided. The reason for the improved smoothness of the photosensitive layer is presumably as follows: If the surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed when it is peeled off from the temporary support is 2 nm or more, the friction generated on the surface of the photosensitive layer is reduced. Therefore, it is presumed that the smoothness of the photosensitive layer surface is improved. The transfer material will be specifically described below. In the following description, the surface of the temporary support in the transfer material facing the photosensitive layer is sometimes referred to as the "first surface of the temporary support," and the surface of the photosensitive layer in the transfer material facing the temporary support is referred to as the "first surface of the photosensitive layer." The first surface of the temporary support faces the first surface of the photosensitive layer.
在本揭示的一實施形態之轉印材料中,可以在感光層的與和暫時支撐體對向之面相反的一側的面積層其他層。作為其他層,例如可以舉出折射率調整層及保護膜。又,各層可以為單層或兩層以上的多層。以下示出轉印材料的構成的例子。但是,轉印材料的構成並不限於以下例子。在以下各構成中,感光層為負型感光層為較佳。又,感光層為著色樹脂層亦為較佳。 (1)“暫時支撐體/感光層/折射率調整層/保護膜” (2)“暫時支撐體/感光層/保護膜”In one embodiment of the transfer material disclosed herein, other layers may be layered on the side of the photosensitive layer opposite to the face of the temporary support. Examples of other layers include, for example, a refractive index adjusting layer and a protective film. Furthermore, each layer may be a single layer or multiple layers of two or more. Examples of the structure of the transfer material are shown below. However, the structure of the transfer material is not limited to the following examples. In the following structures, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer. Furthermore, it is also preferable that the photosensitive layer is a colored resin layer. (1) "Temporary support/photosensitive layer/refractive index adjusting layer/protective film" (2) "Temporary support/photosensitive layer/protective film"
參閱圖1對轉印材料的構成進行說明。圖1係表示某一實施形態之轉印材料的構成之概略圖。圖1所示之轉印材料100依序包括暫時支撐體10、感光層20及保護膜30。亦可以不配置轉印材料100的保護膜30。The composition of the transfer material is explained with reference to Figure 1. Figure 1 is a schematic diagram showing the composition of a transfer material in a certain embodiment. The transfer material 100 shown in Figure 1 includes, in sequence, a temporary support 10, a photosensitive layer 20, and a protective film 30. Alternatively, the protective film 30 of the transfer material 100 may not be provided.
當轉印材料在感光層的與暫時支撐體相反的一側包括其他層時,其他層的合計厚度相對於感光層的厚度為0.1%~30%為較佳,0.1%~20%為更佳。When the transfer material includes other layers on the side of the photosensitive layer opposite to the temporary support, the total thickness of the other layers relative to the thickness of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.1% to 30%, and even more preferably 0.1% to 20%.
從抑制在後述的貼合步驟中產生氣泡之觀點而言,轉印材料的波紋的最大寬度為300μm以下為較佳,200μm以下為更佳,60μm以下為進一步較佳。轉印材料的波紋的最大寬度為0μm以上為較佳,0.1μm以上為更佳,1μm以上為進一步較佳。轉印材料的波紋的最大寬度藉由以下步驟進行測定。首先,將轉印材料沿著與主面垂直的方向裁切為長20cm×寬20cm的尺寸而製作出試驗樣品。另外,當轉印材料包括保護膜時,剝離保護膜。接著,在表面平滑且水平的平台上,將試驗樣品以使暫時支撐體的表面與平台對向之方式靜置。靜置後,對試驗樣品的中心10cm見方的範圍,用雷射顯微鏡(例如,KEYENCE CORPORATION製造之VK-9700SP)掃描試驗樣品的表面而得到三維表面圖像,從在所得到之三維表面圖像中觀察到之最大凸面高度減去最低凹面高度。對10個試驗樣品進行上述操作,將算術平均值作為“轉印材料的波紋的最大寬度”。From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of air bubbles in the bonding step described later, it is preferable that the maximum width of the transfer material's corrugations is 300 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less, and even more preferably 60 μm or less. It is preferable that the maximum width of the transfer material's corrugations is 0 μm or more, more preferably 0.1 μm or more, and even more preferably 1 μm or more. The maximum width of the transfer material's corrugations is measured by the following steps: First, test samples are prepared by cutting the transfer material into dimensions of 20 cm long × 20 cm wide along a direction perpendicular to the main surface. Additionally, if the transfer material includes a protective film, the protective film is peeled off. Next, the test sample is placed statically on a smooth and level platform with the surface of the temporary support facing the platform. After standing, a 10cm square area around the center of the test sample is scanned with a laser microscope (e.g., a VK-9700SP manufactured by KEYENCE CORPORATION) to obtain a three-dimensional surface image. The maximum convex height observed in the obtained three-dimensional surface image is subtracted from the minimum concave height. This operation is performed on 10 test samples, and the arithmetic mean is taken as the "maximum width of the transfer material's ripples".
《暫時支撐體》 本揭示的一實施形態之轉印材料包括暫時支撐體。暫時支撐體為至少支撐感光層且能夠剝離之支撐體。暫時支撐體與感光層接觸。在轉印材料中朝向感光層之暫時支撐體的面亦即暫時支撐體的第1面與感光層接觸,且能夠藉由從感光層剝離暫時支撐體而露出。The temporary support body is disclosed in one embodiment of the transfer material. The temporary support body is a support that at least supports the photosensitive layer and is peelable. The temporary support body is in contact with the photosensitive layer. In the transfer material, the surface of the temporary support body facing the photosensitive layer, i.e., the first surface of the temporary support body, is in contact with the photosensitive layer and can be exposed by peeling the temporary support body from the photosensitive layer.
暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度能夠對後述的感光層的第1面的粗糙度產生影響。例如,在轉印材料的製造過程中,若暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度變小,則感光層的第1面的粗糙度亦趨於變小。另一方面,若暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度變大,則感光層的第1面的粗糙度亦趨於變大。從如上所述之觀點而言,從感光層剝離暫時支撐體時露出之暫時支撐體的表面亦即暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度Ra為1,000nm以下為較佳,500nm以下為更佳,200nm以下為進一步較佳。暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上為較佳,50nm以上為更佳,100nm以上為進一步較佳。若暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度Ra為1,000nm以下,則例如使用轉印材料來形成之配線圖案的直線性提高。暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度Ra為2nm~1,000nm為較佳,50nm~500nm為更佳,100nm~200nm為進一步較佳。暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度的調整方法並不受限制。作為暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度Ra的調整方法,例如可以舉出使經消光加工之輥(以下,有時稱為“消光化輥”。)與暫時支撐體的第1面接觸之方法。在上述方法中,根據經消光加工之輥的表面粗糙度來調整暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度Ra。又,作為暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度Ra的調整方法,例如能夠舉出向暫時支撐體的第1面投射微細砂而對暫時支撐體的第1面賦予凹凸之方法(例如,噴砂(sand blast)法)。在上述方法中,根據投射砂的大小及投射強度而調整暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度Ra。The roughness of the first surface of the temporary support can affect the roughness of the first surface of the photosensitive layer, which will be described later. For example, during the manufacturing process of the transfer material, if the roughness of the first surface of the temporary support decreases, the roughness of the first surface of the photosensitive layer tends to decrease as well. On the other hand, if the roughness of the first surface of the temporary support increases, the roughness of the first surface of the photosensitive layer tends to increase as well. From the above perspective, it is preferable that the surface roughness Ra of the temporary support exposed when the photosensitive layer is peeled off from the temporary support, i.e., the first surface of the temporary support, is 1,000 nm or less, more preferably 500 nm or less, and even more preferably 200 nm or less. The surface roughness Ra of the first surface of the temporary support is preferably 2 nm or more, more preferably 50 nm or more, and even more preferably 100 nm or more. If the surface roughness Ra of the first surface of the temporary support is 1,000 nm or less, the straightness of the wiring pattern formed, for example, using a transfer material, is improved. The surface roughness Ra of the first surface of the temporary support is preferably 2 nm to 1,000 nm, more preferably 50 nm to 500 nm, and even more preferably 100 nm to 200 nm. The method for adjusting the surface roughness of the first surface of the temporary support is not limited. One method for adjusting the roughness Ra of the first surface of a temporary support is to bring a matte-finished roller (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "matte roller") into contact with the first surface of the temporary support. In this method, the roughness Ra of the first surface of the temporary support is adjusted according to the surface roughness of the matte-finished roller. Another method for adjusting the roughness Ra of the first surface of a temporary support is to project fine sand onto the first surface of the temporary support to give it an uneven surface (e.g., sandblasting). In this method, the roughness Ra of the first surface of the temporary support is adjusted according to the size and intensity of the projected sand.
在本揭示中,暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度Ra為使用表面粗糙度及表面形狀測定機(NewView6300,Zygo公司製造)而測定。首先,從感光層剝離暫時支撐體。接著,使用50倍的物鏡將“Mesurement Control的Image Zoom”設定為x0.5,將“Scan Length”設定為40μm,在“Analyze Control”的“Remove”中選擇“Cylynder”,採用“Surface map”所示之中心面平均粗糙度Ra的值作為粗糙度Ra。In this disclosure, the roughness Ra of the first surface of the temporary support was measured using a surface roughness and surface shape measuring machine (NewView 6300, manufactured by Zygo Corporation). First, the temporary support was peeled off from the photosensitive layer. Next, using a 50x objective lens, the "Image Zoom" of the "Mesurement Control" was set to x0.5, the "Scan Length" was set to 40 μm, and "Cylynder" was selected in "Remove" of "Analyze Control". The average roughness Ra of the center surface shown in the "Surface map" was used as the roughness Ra.
暫時支撐體可以為單層結構或多層結構。暫時支撐體為薄膜為較佳,樹脂薄膜為更佳。作為暫時支撐體,具有可撓性且在加壓下或加壓及加熱下不會發生明顯的變形、收縮或伸長之薄膜為較佳。作為上述薄膜,例如可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜(例如,雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜、聚醯亞胺薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。作為暫時支撐體,聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜為較佳。又,在用作暫時支撐體之薄膜中沒有褶皺等變形及劃痕等為較佳。在多層結構的情況下,構成暫時支撐體的第1面之層包含熱塑性樹脂為較佳。換言之,暫時支撐體包括與感光層接觸之熱塑性樹脂層為較佳。暫時支撐體包括與感光層接觸之熱塑性樹脂層,亦即暫時支撐體的第1面由熱塑性樹脂層構成,從容易控制暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度的角度來看為較佳。作為熱塑性樹脂,例如能夠舉出聚烯烴系樹脂(例如,聚乙烯、聚丙烯、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚樹脂、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸金屬鹽共聚樹脂、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚樹脂及乙烯-乙烯醇共聚樹脂)、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯-丁二烯共聚樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂、胺酯樹脂、環氧樹脂及聚醯胺樹脂。其中,聚烯烴系樹脂容易與感光層剝離,因此為較佳。容易與感光層剝離之原因可以認為是熱塑性樹脂層與感光層之間的分子間的相互作用而引起的,並且可以推斷是因為藉由在熱塑性樹脂中使用聚烯烴系樹脂,從而氫鍵性相互作用及偶極相互作用得到抑制。在聚烯烴系樹脂之中,氫鍵性相互作用及偶極相互作用低且軟化溫度低的聚乙烯為最佳。The temporary support can be a single-layer or multi-layer structure. A thin film is preferred, and a resin film is even more preferred. As a temporary support, a film that is flexible and does not undergo significant deformation, shrinkage, or elongation under pressure or under pressure and heat is preferred. Examples of such films include polyethylene terephthalate (PET) films (e.g., biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate films), polymethyl methacrylate films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films, polyimide films, and polycarbonate films. Polyethylene terephthalate films are preferred as temporary supports. Furthermore, it is preferable that the film used as the temporary support is free from deformations such as wrinkles and scratches. In the case of a multilayer structure, it is preferable that the first layer constituting the temporary support comprises a thermoplastic resin. In other words, it is preferable that the temporary support includes a thermoplastic resin layer in contact with the photosensitive layer. The fact that the temporary support includes a thermoplastic resin layer in contact with the photosensitive layer, i.e., the first surface of the temporary support is composed of a thermoplastic resin layer, is preferable from the perspective of easily controlling the roughness of the first surface of the temporary support. Examples of thermoplastic resins include polyolefin resins (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymers, ethylene-(meth)acrylate metal salt copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers), polyester resins, styrene-butadiene copolymers, acrylic resins, amine resins, epoxy resins, and polyamide resins. Polyolefin resins are preferred as they readily peel from the photosensitive layer. The ease with which the photosensitive layer peels off can be attributed to intermolecular interactions between the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive layer. This can be inferred to be due to the suppression of hydrogen bond and dipole interactions by using polyolefin resins in the thermoplastic process. Among polyolefin resins, polyethylene, with its low hydrogen bond and dipole interactions and low softening temperature, is the optimal choice.
暫時支撐體的透明性高為較佳。對波長365nm的光之暫時支撐體的透射率為60%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳。從暫時支撐體的透明性的觀點而言,暫時支撐體的霧度小為較佳。暫時支撐體的霧度值為2%以下為較佳,0.5%以下為更佳,0.1%以下為進一步較佳。從暫時支撐體的透明性的觀點而言,暫時支撐體中所包含之粗大粒子、異物及缺陷的數量少為較佳。暫時支撐體中之直徑1μm以上的粒子、異物及缺陷的數量為50個/10mm2以下為較佳,10個/10mm2以下為更佳,3個/10mm2以下為進一步較佳,0個/10mm2為特佳。High transparency of the temporary support is preferable. For light with a wavelength of 365nm, a transmittance of 60% or higher is preferable, and 70% or higher is even better. From the perspective of transparency, low haze is preferable. A haze value of 2% or less is preferable, 0.5% or less is even better, and 0.1% or less is even better. From the perspective of transparency, a low number of coarse particles, foreign objects, and defects contained in the temporary support is preferable. The number of particles, foreign objects and defects with a diameter of 1 μm or larger in the temporary support is preferably 50 or less per 10 mm² , more preferably 10 or less per 10 mm² , even more preferably 3 or less per 10 mm² , and best of all 0 per 10 mm².
暫時支撐體的厚度為5μm~200μm為較佳,從易操作性及通用性的觀點而言,10μm~150μm為更佳,10μm~50μm為進一步較佳。暫時支撐體的厚度為作為藉由使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)之剖面觀察所測定之任意5個點的厚度的平均值而計算出的。The thickness of the temporary support is preferably 5μm to 200μm. From the perspective of ease of operation and versatility, 10μm to 150μm is better, and 10μm to 50μm is even better. The thickness of the temporary support is calculated as the average of the thicknesses measured at any 5 points using cross-sectional observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
作為暫時支撐體,例如可以舉出膜厚16μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、膜厚12μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜及膜厚9μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜。Examples of temporary supports include biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate (PET) films with a thickness of 16 μm, 12 μm, and 9 μm.
作為暫時支撐體的較佳態樣,例如在日本特開2014-85643號公報的0017段落~0018段落、日本特開2016-27363號公報的0019段落~0026段落、國際公開第2012/081680號的0041段落~0057段落、國際公開第2018/179370號的0029段落~0040段落及日本特開2019-101405號公報的0012段落~0032段落中有記載,該等公報的內容被編入本說明書中。Preferred examples of temporary supports are described, for example, in paragraphs 0017-0018 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-85643, paragraphs 0019-0026 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-27363, paragraphs 0041-0057 of International Publication No. 2012/081680, paragraphs 0029-0040 of International Publication No. 2018/179370, and paragraphs 0012-0032 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-101405, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
從賦予操作性之觀點而言,可以在暫時支撐體的表面設置包含微小粒子之層(亦稱為“潤滑劑層”。)。潤滑劑層可以設置於暫時支撐體的單面,亦可以為設置於兩面。潤滑劑層中所包含之粒子的直徑為0.05μm~0.8μm為較佳。又,潤滑劑層的厚度為0.05μm~1.0μm為較佳。From the perspective of providing operability, a layer containing microparticles (also known as a "lubricant layer") can be provided on the surface of the temporary support. The lubricant layer can be provided on one side of the temporary support or on both sides. It is preferable that the diameter of the particles contained in the lubricant layer is 0.05 μm to 0.8 μm. Furthermore, it is preferable that the thickness of the lubricant layer is 0.05 μm to 1.0 μm.
《感光層》 本揭示的一實施形態之轉印材料包括與暫時支撐體接觸之感光層。感光層在例如轉印到基板上之後能夠藉由曝光及顯影形成圖案。在轉印材料中朝向暫時支撐體之感光層的面亦即感光層的第1面與暫時支撐體接觸,且能夠藉由從感光層剝離暫時支撐體而露出。The photosensitive layer disclosed herein is a transfer material comprising a photosensitive layer in contact with a temporary support. After being transferred, for example, onto a substrate, the photosensitive layer can form a pattern by exposure and development. In the transfer material, the surface of the photosensitive layer facing the temporary support, i.e., the first surface of the photosensitive layer, is in contact with the temporary support and can be exposed by peeling the photosensitive layer from the temporary support.
[粗糙度Ra] 從感光層剝離暫時支撐體時露出之感光層的表面亦即感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上。若感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上,則感光層表面的光滑性提高。感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra為10nm以上為較佳,50nm以上為更佳,100nm以上為進一步較佳。感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra為1,000nm以下為較佳,500nm以下為更佳,200nm以下為進一步較佳,100nm以下為特佳。若感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra為1,000nm以下,則由感光層形成之圖案的直線性提高。從感光層的光滑性及圖案的直線性的觀點而言,感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra為2nm~1,000nm為較佳,50nm~500nm為更佳,100nm~200nm為進一步較佳。感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra藉由遵照在“暫時支撐體”項中所說明之暫時支撐體的第1面的粗糙度Ra的測定方法之方法而測定。[Roughness Ra] The surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed when the temporary support is peeled off from the photosensitive layer, i.e., the first surface of the photosensitive layer, is 2 nm or more. If the roughness Ra of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is 2 nm or more, the smoothness of the photosensitive layer surface is improved. It is preferable that the roughness Ra of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is 10 nm or more, more preferable that is 50 nm or more, and even more preferable that is 100 nm or more. It is preferable that the roughness Ra of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is less than 1,000 nm, more preferable that is less than 500 nm, even more preferable that is less than 200 nm, and best preferred that is less than 100 nm. If the roughness Ra of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is less than 1,000 nm, the straightness of the pattern formed by the photosensitive layer is improved. From the perspective of the smoothness of the photosensitive layer and the straightness of the pattern, a roughness Ra of 2 nm to 1,000 nm on the first surface of the photosensitive layer is preferred, 50 nm to 500 nm is even better, and 100 nm to 200 nm is even better. The roughness Ra of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is measured by following the method for measuring the roughness Ra of the first surface of a temporary support as described in the section on "Temporary Supports".
[摩擦係數] 從感光層剝離暫時支撐體時露出之感光層的表面亦即感光層的第1面的靜摩擦係數未達2.0為較佳,1.0以下為更佳,0.6以下為進一步較佳。若感光層的第1面的靜摩擦係數未達2.0,則感光層表面的光滑性提高。例如,感光層的第1面的靜摩擦係數的減小能夠抑制在暫時支撐體剝離後的輸送過程中因暫時支撐體的剝離而露出之感光層附著於曝光遮罩以及輸送輥之類的輸送裝置上,並使暫時靜止之輸送物再度順暢地移動。感光層的第1面的靜摩擦係數為0.1以上為較佳,0.2以上為更佳,0.3以上為進一步較佳。若感光層的第1面的靜摩擦係數為0.1以上,則對輸送輥之類的輸送裝置之保持力提高,蛇行及捲繞偏離的發生得到抑制。感光層的第1面的靜摩擦係數為0.1以上且未達2.0為較佳,0.2~1.0為更佳,0.3~0.6為進一步較佳。[Coefficient of Friction] It is preferable that the static friction coefficient of the surface of the photosensitive layer exposed when the photosensitive layer is peeled off from the temporary support, i.e., the first surface of the photosensitive layer, is less than 2.0, preferably less than 1.0, and even more preferably less than 0.6. If the static friction coefficient of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is less than 2.0, the smoothness of the photosensitive layer surface is improved. For example, a reduction in the static friction coefficient of the first surface of the photosensitive layer can prevent the photosensitive layer exposed during the transport process after the temporary support is peeled off from adhering to the exposure mask and conveying devices such as conveyor rollers, and allow temporarily stationary transported items to move smoothly again. The static friction coefficient of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.1 or higher, more preferably 0.2 or higher, and even more preferably 0.3 or higher. If the static friction coefficient of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is 0.1 or higher, the holding force on conveying devices such as conveyor rollers is improved, and the occurrence of snake-like movement and winding deviation is suppressed. The static friction coefficient of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.1 or higher but not exceeding 2.0, more preferably 0.2 to 1.0, and even more preferably 0.3 to 0.6.
從感光層剝離暫時支撐體時露出之感光層的表面亦即感光層的第1面的動摩擦係數未達1.5為較佳,1.0以下為更佳,0.5以下為進一步較佳。若感光層的第1面的動摩擦係數未達1.5,則感光層表面的光滑性提高。感光層的第1面的動摩擦係數為0.05以上為較佳,0.1以上為更佳,0.2以上為進一步較佳。若感光層的第1面的動摩擦係數為0.05以上,則對輸送輥之類的輸送裝置之保持力提高,蛇行及捲繞偏離的發生得到抑制。感光層的第1面的動摩擦係數為0.05以上且未達1.5為較佳,0.1~1.0為更佳,0.2~0.5為進一步較佳。It is preferable that the coefficient of dynamic friction of the surface of the photosensitive layer exposed when the temporary support is peeled off from the photosensitive layer, i.e., the first surface of the photosensitive layer, is less than 1.5, even better is less than 1.0, and further preferably less than 0.5. If the coefficient of dynamic friction of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is less than 1.5, the smoothness of the photosensitive layer surface is improved. It is preferable that the coefficient of dynamic friction of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is 0.05 or higher, even better is 0.1 or higher, and further preferably is 0.2 or higher. If the coefficient of dynamic friction of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is 0.05 or higher, the holding force on conveying devices such as conveyor rollers is improved, and the occurrence of snake-like movement and winding deviation is suppressed. It is preferable for the coefficient of dynamic friction of the first surface of the photosensitive layer to be 0.05 or higher but not more than 1.5, 0.1 to 1.0 is even better, and 0.2 to 0.5 is even better.
在本揭示中,感光層的第1面的靜摩擦係數及動摩擦係數藉由以下方法而測定。將轉印材料在線壓0.6MPa、線速(層壓速度)0.5m/分鐘的層壓條件下層壓於附銅層之聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)基板。藉由在附銅層之PET基板上的轉印材料的層壓,在附銅層之PET基板的銅層上依序配置感光層及暫時支撐體。當轉印材料包括保護膜時,在層壓之前剝離保護膜。剝離暫時支撐體,使露出之感光層與具有5mm的厚度之透明鈉玻璃(200x200mm□)接觸。使用Tensilon萬能材料試驗機(RTF1210,A&D Company, Limited製造)及塑膠摩擦係數測定夾具(J-PZ2-50N,A&D Company, Limited製造),藉由塑膠-薄膜及薄片摩擦係數試驗方法(JIS K7125:1999)測定靜摩擦係數及動摩擦係數。依序示出試驗條件。 荷重:200g 接觸面積:63mm×63mm 試驗速度:100mm/分鐘In this disclosure, the static and dynamic coefficients of friction of the first surface of the photosensitive layer are measured by the following method: A transfer material is laminated onto a copper-coated polyethylene terephthalate (PET) substrate under lamination conditions of 0.6 MPa linear pressure and 0.5 m/min linear speed (lamination speed). By laminating the transfer material onto the copper-coated PET substrate, a photosensitive layer and a temporary support are sequentially disposed on the copper layer of the copper-coated PET substrate. When the transfer material includes a protective film, the protective film is peeled off before lamination. The temporary support was removed, exposing the photosensitive layer to contact a 5mm thick transparent sodium glass (200x200mm□). The static and dynamic coefficients of friction were determined using a Tensilon universal testing machine (RTF1210, manufactured by A&D Company, Limited) and a plastic friction coefficient measuring fixture (J-PZ2-50N, manufactured by A&D Company, Limited) according to the Plastics-Film and Sheet Friction Coefficient Test Method (JIS K7125:1999). The test conditions are shown in sequence: Load: 200g; Contact area: 63mm × 63mm; Test speed: 100mm/min.
[種類及成分] 感光層可以為負型感光層或正型感光層。感光層為負型感光層為較佳。當感光層為負型感光層時,所形成之圖案對應於硬化層。當感光層為負型感光層時,負型感光層包含樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑為較佳。又,當感光層為負型感光層時,作為樹脂的一部分或全部包含鹼可溶性樹脂亦為較佳。亦即,在一態樣中,感光層包含含有鹼可溶性樹脂之樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑為較佳。感光層包含相對於感光層的總質量為10質量%~90質量%的鹼可溶性樹脂、5質量%~70質量%的乙烯性不飽和化合物及0.01質量%~20質量%的光聚合起始劑為較佳。[Types and Composition] The photosensitive layer can be a negative photosensitive layer or a positive photosensitive layer. A negative photosensitive layer is preferred. When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, the resulting pattern corresponds to the hardened layer. When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator. Furthermore, when the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, it is also preferable that it contains, as part or entirely, an alkali-soluble resin as part of the resin. That is, in one state, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator. The photosensitive layer preferably contains 10% to 90% by mass of an alkali-soluble resin, 5% to 70% by mass of an ethylene-unsaturated compound, and 0.01% to 20% by mass of a photopolymerization initiator relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer.
(高分子化合物) 感光層包含高分子化合物為較佳。“高分子化合物”係指具有5,000以上的重量平均分子量之化合物。高分子化合物的重量平均分子量為10,000以上為較佳。高分子化合物的重量平均分子量為5,000~500,000為較佳,10,000~500,000為較佳。若高分子化合物的重量平均分子量變大,則感光層的硬度增加。若感光層的硬度增加,則例如感光層的強度增加。又,感光層表面的光滑性提高。(Polymer Compound) It is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a polymer compound. "Polymer compound" refers to a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 5,000 or more. A weight average molecular weight of 10,000 or more is preferable. A weight average molecular weight of 5,000 to 500,000 is preferable, and 10,000 to 500,000 is preferable. If the weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound increases, the hardness of the photosensitive layer increases. If the hardness of the photosensitive layer increases, for example, the strength of the photosensitive layer increases. Furthermore, the smoothness of the photosensitive layer surface improves.
高分子化合物的玻璃轉移溫度為30℃以上為較佳,40℃以上為更佳,50℃以上為進一步較佳,60℃以上為特佳,70℃以上為最佳。若高分子化合物的玻璃轉移溫度變高,感光層的硬度增加。若感光層的硬度增加,則感光層表面的光滑性提高。高分子化合物的玻璃轉移溫度為135℃以下為較佳。For polymer compounds, a glass transition temperature above 30°C is preferred, above 40°C is even better, above 50°C is further preferred, above 60°C is exceptionally good, and above 70°C is optimal. Higher glass transition temperatures of the polymer compound increase the hardness of the photosensitive layer. Increased hardness of the photosensitive layer improves the smoothness of its surface. A glass transition temperature below 135°C is preferred for the polymer compound.
作為高分子化合物,例如可以舉出後述的鹼可溶性樹脂。As a polymer, alkali-soluble resins, for example, can be cited as described later.
(鹼可溶性樹脂) 感光層包含鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可以較佳地舉出用於蝕刻阻劑(etching resist)之公知的鹼可溶性樹脂。又,鹼可溶性樹脂為黏合劑聚合物為較佳。鹼可溶性樹脂為具有酸基之鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,後述的聚合物A為較佳。(Alkali-soluble resin) It is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains an alkali-soluble resin. For example, known alkali-soluble resins used as etching resists are preferably examples of alkali-soluble resins. Furthermore, it is preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is an adhesive polymer. It is preferable that the alkali-soluble resin has acid groups. As an alkali-soluble resin, polymer A, described later, is preferred.
-聚合物A- 感光層包含聚合物A作為鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之感光層的膨潤而解析性更優異的觀點而言,聚合物A的酸值為220mgKOH/g以下為較佳,未達200mgKOH/g為更佳,未達190mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。聚合物A的酸值的下限並不受特別限制。從顯影性更優異的觀點而言,聚合物A的酸值為60mgKOH/g以上為較佳,120mgKOH/g以上為更佳,150mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳,170mgKOH/g以上為特佳。酸值為中和試樣1g所需之氫氧化鉀的質量[mg],在本揭示中將單位記載為mgKOH/g。酸值例如能夠根據化合物中之酸基的平均含量而計算出。聚合物A的酸值利用構成聚合物A之構成單元的種類及含有酸基之構成單元的含量進行調整即可。-Polymer A- It is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains Polymer A as an alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of improving resolution by suppressing swelling of the photosensitive layer caused by the developer, an acid value of Polymer A of 220 mg KOH/g or less is preferable, less than 200 mg KOH/g is more preferable, and less than 190 mg KOH/g is even more preferable. The lower limit of the acid value of Polymer A is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of improving development performance, an acid value of Polymer A of 60 mg KOH/g or more is preferable, 120 mg KOH/g or more is more preferable, 150 mg KOH/g or more is even more preferable, and 170 mg KOH/g or more is particularly preferable. The acid value is the mass of potassium hydroxide [mg] required to neutralize 1g of the sample, and the unit is expressed as mgKOH/g in this disclosure. The acid value can be calculated, for example, based on the average content of acid groups in the compound. The acid value of polymer A can be adjusted using the types of constituent units that make up polymer A and the content of constituent units containing acid groups.
聚合物A的重量平均分子量為5,000~500,000為較佳。從提高解析性及顯影性之觀點而言,將重量平均分子量設為500,000以下為較佳。聚合物A的重量平均分子量為100,000以下為更佳,60,000以下為進一步較佳,50,000以下為特佳。另一方面,從控制顯影凝聚物的性狀以及感光層中之邊緣熔融性及切屑性等未曝光膜的性狀之觀點而言,將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上為較佳。聚合物A的重量平均分子量為10,000以上為更佳,20,000以上為進一步較佳,30,000以上為特佳。邊緣熔融性係指當轉印材料捲取為輥狀時感光層容易從輥的端面溢出之程度。切屑性係指用切刀切斷未曝光膜時切屑容易飛散之程度。若該切屑附著於感光層的上表面等,則會在其後的曝光步驟等中轉印到遮罩而成為不良品的原因。聚合物A的分散度為1.0~6.0為較佳,1.0~5.0為更佳,1.0~4.0為進一步較佳,1.0~3.0為特佳。在本揭示中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)為使用凝膠滲透層析測定之值。又,分散度為重量平均分子量相對於數量平均分子量之比(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)。The weight-average molecular weight of polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. From the viewpoint of improving resolution and developing properties, a weight-average molecular weight of 500,000 or less is preferred. A weight-average molecular weight of 100,000 or less is even more preferred, 60,000 or less is further preferred, and 50,000 or less is particularly preferred. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of controlling the properties of the developing aggregate and the properties of the unexposed film, such as edge melting and chipping in the photosensitive layer, a weight-average molecular weight of 5,000 or more is preferred. A weight-average molecular weight of 10,000 or more is more preferred, 20,000 or more is further preferred, and 30,000 or more is particularly preferred. Edge melting refers to the degree to which the photosensitive layer easily overflows from the end face of the roller when the transfer material is rolled into a roller shape. Chipping refers to the degree to which chips easily scatter when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. If these chips adhere to the upper surface of the photosensitive layer, they will be transferred to the mask in subsequent exposure steps, resulting in defective products. A dispersion of polymer A of 1.0 to 6.0 is preferred, 1.0 to 5.0 is more preferred, 1.0 to 4.0 is further preferred, and 1.0 to 3.0 is especially preferred. In this disclosure, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) are values determined using gel permeation chromatography. Furthermore, dispersion is the ratio of weight-average molecular weight to number-average molecular weight (weight-average molecular weight/number-average molecular weight).
從抑制曝光時焦點位置偏離時的線寬粗細及解析度的惡化之觀點而言,聚合物A具有芳香族烴基為較佳,具備具有芳香族烴基之構成單元為更佳。作為芳香族烴基,例如可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基及經取代或未經取代之芳烷基。聚合物A中之具有芳香族烴基之構成單元的含量比例以聚合物A的總質量為基準為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,45質量%以上為特佳,50質量%以上為最佳。作為上限,並不受特別限定,但較佳為95質量%以下,更佳為85質量%以下。另外,含有複數種聚合物A時的具有芳香族烴基之構成單元的含有比例作為重量平均值而求出。From the perspective of suppressing the degradation of linewidth and resolution due to focal point deviation during exposure, it is preferable that polymer A contains aromatic hydrocarbons, and even more preferable that it contains aromatic hydrocarbon constituent units. Examples of aromatic hydrocarbons include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl groups and substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl groups. The proportion of aromatic hydrocarbon constituent units in polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, particularly preferably 45% by mass or more, and best preferably 50% by mass or more, based on the total mass of polymer A. As an upper limit, it is not particularly limited, but preferably 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 85% by mass or less. In addition, the proportion of aromatic hydrocarbon constituent units when multiple polymers A are contained is calculated as a weight average.
作為形成具有芳香族烴基之構成單元之單體,例如可以舉出具有芳烷基之單體、苯乙烯及能夠聚合之苯乙烯衍生物(例如,甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、第三丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、苯乙烯二聚物、苯乙烯三聚物等)。其中,具有芳烷基之單體或苯乙烯為較佳。在一態樣中,當聚合物A中之形成具有芳香族烴基之構成單元之單體為苯乙烯時,來自於苯乙烯之構成單元的含有比例以聚合物A的總質量為基準為20質量%~50質量%為較佳,25質量%~45質量%為更佳,30質量%~40質量%為進一步較佳,30質量%~35質量%為特佳。Examples of monomers forming aromatic hydrocarbon units include aralkyl monomers, styrene, and polymerizable styrene derivatives (e.g., methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tributoxystyrene, acetylated styrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, styrene dimers, styrene trimers, etc.). Aralkyl monomers or styrene are preferred. In one phase, when the monomer forming the aromatic hydrocarbon unit in polymer A is styrene, the proportion of the styrene unit is preferably 20% to 50% by mass, more preferably 25% to 45% by mass, further preferably 30% to 40% by mass, and especially preferably 30% to 35% by mass, based on the total mass of polymer A.
作為芳烷基,可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基烷基等,經取代或未經取代之苄基為較佳。Aryl groups can be exemplified by substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl groups, with substituted or unsubstituted benzyl groups being preferred.
作為具有除經取代或未經取代之苄基以外的苯基烷基之單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苯基乙酯等。Examples of monomers having a phenyl alkyl group other than a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group include phenyl ethyl (meth)acrylate.
作為具有經取代或未經取代之苄基之單體,可以舉出具有經取代或未經取代之苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯(例如,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸氯苄酯等);具有苄基之乙烯基單體(例如,乙烯基苄基氯、乙烯基苯甲醇等)。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯為較佳。在一態樣中,當聚合物A中之形成具有芳香族烴基之構成單元之單體為(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯時,來自於(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元的含有比例以聚合物A的總質量為基準為50質量%~95質量%為較佳,60質量%~90質量%為更佳,70質量%~90質量%為進一步較佳,75質量%~90質量%為特佳。Examples of monomers having substituted or unsubstituted benzyl groups include (meth)acrylates (e.g., benzyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl chloro (meth)acrylate, etc.) and vinyl monomers having benzyl groups (e.g., vinylbenzyl chloride, vinylbenzyl alcohol, etc.). Among these, benzyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. In one phase, when the monomer forming the aromatic hydrocarbon unit in polymer A is benzyl (meth)acrylate, the content of the (meth)acrylate unit is preferably 50% to 95% by mass based on the total mass of polymer A, more preferably 60% to 90% by mass, further preferably 70% to 90% by mass, and especially preferably 75% to 90% by mass.
具備具有芳香族烴基之構成單元之聚合物A藉由使具有芳香族烴基之單體與後述的第一單體中的至少一種及/或後述的第二單體中的至少一種聚合而得到為較佳。Polymer A having an aromatic hydrocarbon constituent unit is preferably obtained by polymerizing the aromatic hydrocarbon monomer with at least one of the first monomers described later and/or at least one of the second monomers described later.
不具備具有芳香族烴基之構成單元之聚合物A藉由使後述的第一單體中的至少一種聚合而得到為較佳,藉由使第一單體中的至少一種與後述的第二單體中的至少一種共聚而得到為更佳。Polymer A, which does not have a constituent unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, and even more preferably by copolymerizing at least one of the first monomers with at least one of the second monomers described later.
第一單體為在分子中具有羧基之單體。作為第一單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、反丁烯二酸、桂皮酸、巴豆酸、衣康酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸酐、順丁烯二酸半酯等。在該等之中,(甲基)丙烯酸為較佳。The first monomer is a monomer that has a carboxyl group in the molecule. Examples of first monomers include (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid half ester. Among these, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred.
聚合物A中之來自於第一單體之構成單元的含有比例以聚合物A的總質量為基準為5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,15質量%~30質量%為進一步較佳。The proportion of the constituent units derived from the first monomer in polymer A is preferably 5% to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% to 40% by mass, and even more preferably 15% to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of polymer A.
來自於第一單體之構成單元的含有比例以聚合物A的總質量為基準為10質量%~50質量%為較佳。從顯現良好的顯影性之觀點、控制邊緣熔融性等觀點而言,將上述比例設為10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳。從阻劑圖案的高解析性及下擺部形狀的觀點而言,進一步從阻劑圖案的耐化學藥品性的觀點而言,將上述含有比例設為50質量%以下為較佳,在該等觀點上,35質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳,27質量%以下為特佳。The proportion of the constituent unit derived from the first monomer is preferably 10% to 50% by mass based on the total mass of polymer A. From the viewpoints of exhibiting good development properties and controlling edge melting, it is preferable to set the above proportion to 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more. From the viewpoints of high resolution of the resist pattern and the shape of the bottom edge, and further from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the resist pattern, it is preferable to set the above proportion to 50% by mass or less, and from these viewpoints, 35% by mass or less is more preferable, 30% by mass or less is even more preferable, and 27% by mass or less is particularly preferred.
第二單體為非酸性且在分子中具有至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之單體。作為第二單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯醇的酯類;以及(甲基)丙烯腈等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯為特佳。The second monomer is a non-acidic monomer having at least one vinyl unsaturated group in its molecule. Examples of second monomers include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, tributyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, etc. (meth)acrylate esters; vinyl acetate and other vinyl alcohol esters; and (meth)acrylonitrile, etc. Among these, methyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, and n-butyl methacrylate are preferred, with methyl methacrylate being particularly preferred.
聚合物A中之來自於第二單體之構成單元的含有比例以聚合物A的總質量為基準為5質量%~60質量%為較佳,15質量%~50質量%為更佳,20質量%~45質量%為進一步較佳。The proportion of the constituent units derived from the second monomer in polymer A is preferably 5% to 60% by mass, more preferably 15% to 50% by mass, and even more preferably 20% to 45% by mass, based on the total mass of polymer A.
又,從抑制曝光時焦點位置偏離時的線寬粗細及解析度的惡化之觀點而言,聚合物A含有具有芳烷基之構成單元及選自包括來自於苯乙烯之構成單元之群組中之至少一種構成單元為較佳。作為聚合物A,例如包含甲基丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸苄酯及苯乙烯之共聚物、包含甲基丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯及苯乙烯之共聚物等為較佳。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of suppressing the deterioration of linewidth and resolution when the focal position deviates during exposure, polymer A is preferably composed of aralkyl constituent units and at least one constituent unit selected from the group including constituent units derived from styrene. For example, polymer A is preferably a copolymer comprising methacrylic acid, benzyl methacrylate, and styrene, or a copolymer comprising methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, and styrene.
在一態樣中,聚合物A為包含具有芳香族烴基之構成單元25質量%~40質量%、來自於第一單體之構成單元20質量%~35質量%及來自於第二單體之構成單元30質量%~45質量%之聚合物為較佳。又,在另一態樣中,包含具有芳香族烴基之構成單元70質量%~90質量%及來自於第一單體之構成單元10質量%~25質量%之聚合物為較佳。In one state, polymer A is preferably a polymer comprising 25% to 40% by mass of a constituent unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 20% to 35% by mass of a constituent unit derived from a first monomer, and 30% to 45% by mass of a constituent unit derived from a second monomer. In another state, polymer is preferably a polymer comprising 70% to 90% by mass of a constituent unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10% to 25% by mass of a constituent unit derived from a first monomer.
聚合物A可以在側鏈中具有分支結構及/或脂環結構。藉由使用包含在側鏈中具有分支結構之基團之單體或包含在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基團之單體,能夠將分支結構或脂環結構導入到聚合物A的側鏈中。脂環結構可以為單環結構,亦可以為多環結構。Polymer A may have branched structures and/or alicyclic structures in its side chains. Branched or alicyclic structures can be introduced into the side chains of polymer A by using monomers containing groups with branched structures in the side chains or monomers containing groups with alicyclic structures in the side chains. The alicyclic structure can be a monocyclic or polycyclic structure.
作為包含在側鏈中具有分支結構之基團之單體的具體例,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-辛酯及(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯。在該等之中,(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯或甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯為較佳,甲基丙烯酸異丙酯或甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯為更佳。Specific examples of monomers containing branched groups in a side chain include isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, dibutyl (meth)acrylate, tributyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, tripentyl (meth)acrylate, 2-octyl (meth)acrylate, 3-octyl (meth)acrylate, and trioctyl (meth)acrylate. Among these, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, or tributyl (meth)acrylate is preferred, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate or tributyl (meth)acrylate is even more preferred.
作為包含在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基團之單體的具體例,可以舉出具有單環的脂肪族烴基之單體及具有多環的脂肪族烴基之單體。又,可以舉出具有碳數(碳原子數)5個~20個的脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為更具體的例子,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸(雙環[2.2.1]庚基-2)酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-乙基金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-5-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5,8-三乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-8-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-甲橋茚(methanoinden)-5-基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-甲橋茚-1-基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥基-2,6,6-三甲基-雙環[3.1.1]庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,7,7-三甲基-4-羥基-雙環[4.1.0]庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,5-三甲基環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等。Specific examples of monomers containing alicyclic groups in their side chains include monomers with monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and monomers with polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. Additionally, (meth)acrylates with alicyclic hydrocarbon groups having 5 to 20 carbon atoms can be cited. As more specific examples, one could cite (meth)acrylate (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl-2) ester, (meth)acrylate-1-dalcanyl ester, (meth)acrylate-2-dalcanyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3-methyl-1-dalcanyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3,5-dimethyl-1-dalcanyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3-ethyldalcanyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3-methyl-5-ethyl-1-dalcanyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3,5,8-triethyl-1-dalcanyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-dalcanyl ester, (meth)acrylate-2-methyl-2-dalcanyl ester, (meth)acrylate-2-ethyl-2-dalcanyl ester. 3-hydroxy-1-dalcenic ester of (meth)acrylate, octahydro-4,7-methanoinden-5-yl ester of (meth)acrylate, octahydro-4,7-methanoinden-1-yl methyl ester of (meth)acrylate, 1-mentholyl ester of (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane of (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxy-2,6,6-trimethyl-biscyclic [3.1.1]heptyl ester of (meth)acrylate, 3,7,7-trimethyl-4-hydroxy-biscyclic [4.1.0]heptyl ester of (meth)acrylate, (nor)camphenyl ester of (meth)acrylate, isocamphenyl ester of (meth)acrylate, fumarate of (meth)acrylate, 2,2,5-trimethylcyclohexyl ester of (meth)acrylate, and cyclohexyl ester of (meth)acrylate, etc.
在該等(甲基)丙烯酸酯之中,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為更佳。Among these (meth)acrylates, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)camphenyl (meth)acrylate, (isocamphenyl (meth)acrylate, 1-dalcanyl (meth)acrylate, 2-dalcanyl (meth)acrylate, fumarate, 1-mentholyl (meth)acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate are preferred, with cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)camphenyl (meth)acrylate, (isocamphenyl (meth)acrylate, 2-dalcanyl (meth)acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate being even more preferred.
感光層可以單獨含有一種聚合物A,亦可以含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,混合使用兩種具有芳香族烴基之聚合物A或者混合使用具有芳香族烴基之聚合物A和不具有芳香族烴基之聚合物A為較佳。在後者的情況下,具有芳香族烴基之聚合物A的含有比例相對於聚合物A的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。The photosensitive layer may contain only one polymer A, or it may contain two or more polymers. When it contains two or more polymers, it is preferable to use a mixture of two polymers A containing aromatic hydrocarbons or a mixture of polymer A containing aromatic hydrocarbons and polymer A without aromatic hydrocarbons. In the latter case, it is preferable that the proportion of polymer A containing aromatic hydrocarbons relative to the total mass of polymer A is 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, and especially preferably 90% by mass or more.
聚合物A的合成藉由向將上述中所說明之一種或複數種單體用丙酮、甲基乙基酮、異丙醇等溶劑稀釋而成之溶液中添加適量過氧化苯甲醯、偶氮異丁腈等自由基聚合起始劑並加熱攪拌來進行為較佳。有時亦會一邊將混合物的一部分滴加到反應液中一邊進行合成之情況。反應結束後,有時亦會進一步加入溶劑而調整為所期望的濃度。作為合成方法,除了溶液聚合以外,還可以使用塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合或乳化聚合。The synthesis of polymer A is preferably carried out by adding an appropriate amount of free radical polymerization initiator such as benzoyl peroxide or azoisobutyronitrile to a solution prepared by diluting one or more of the monomers described above with solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, or isopropanol, and then heating and stirring. Sometimes, a portion of the mixture is added dropwise to the reaction solution while the synthesis is being carried out. After the reaction is complete, solvent is sometimes added to adjust the concentration to the desired level. In addition to solution polymerization, block polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization can also be used as synthesis methods.
聚合物A的玻璃轉移溫度Tg為30℃以上且135℃以下為較佳。藉由在感光層中使用具有135℃以下的Tg之聚合物A,能夠抑制曝光時焦點位置偏離時的線寬粗細及解析度的惡化。從該觀點而言,聚合物A的Tg為130℃以下為更佳,120℃以下為進一步較佳,110℃以下為特佳。又,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點而言,使用具有30℃以上的Tg之聚合物A為較佳。從該觀點而言,聚合物A的Tg為40℃以上為更佳,50℃以上為進一步較佳,60℃以上為特佳,70℃以上為最佳。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of polymer A is preferably 30°C or higher and 135°C or lower. By using polymer A with a Tg below 135°C in the photosensitive layer, the degradation of linewidth and resolution due to focal point deviation during exposure can be suppressed. From this perspective, a Tg of polymer A below 130°C is more preferable, below 120°C is even better, and below 110°C is particularly desirable. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving edge melt resistance, using polymer A with a Tg of 30°C or higher is preferable. From this perspective, a Tg of polymer A above 40°C is more preferable, above 50°C is even better, above 60°C is particularly desirable, and above 70°C is optimal.
鹼可溶性樹脂可以單獨使用一種,亦可以混合使用兩種以上。鹼可溶性樹脂相對於感光層的總質量的比例,較佳為10質量%~90質量%,更佳為30質量%~70質量%,進一步較佳為40質量%~60質量%。從控制顯影時間之觀點而言,將鹼可溶性樹脂相對於感光層的總質量的比例設為90質量%以下為較佳。另一方面,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點而言,將鹼可溶性樹脂相對於感光層的總質量的比例設為10質量%以上為較佳。Alkali-soluble resins can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The proportion of alkali-soluble resins to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably 10% to 90% by mass, more preferably 30% to 70% by mass, and even more preferably 40% to 60% by mass. From the viewpoint of controlling development time, it is preferable to set the proportion of alkali-soluble resins to the total mass of the photosensitive layer to 90% by mass or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving edge melting resistance, it is preferable to set the proportion of alkali-soluble resins to the total mass of the photosensitive layer to 10% by mass or more.
感光層可以含有除鹼可溶性樹脂以外的樹脂。作為除鹼可溶性樹脂以外的樹脂,只要為在液溫為22℃之碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液100g中的溶解度未達0.1g的樹脂即可,例如可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物(其中,苯乙烯含有率為40質量%以下者)、聚胺酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛(polyvinyl formal)、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙亞胺(polyethylenimine)、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇(polyalkylene glycol)。The photosensitive layer may contain resins other than alkali-soluble resins. As for resins other than alkali-soluble resins, any resin that has a solubility of less than 0.1g in 100g of a 1% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at a liquid temperature of 22°C is acceptable. Examples include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic acid copolymers (wherein the styrene content is less than 40% by mass), polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide resins, polyester resins, polyamide resins, epoxy resins, polyacetal resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, polysiloxane resins, polyethylenimine, polyallylamine, and polyalkylene glycol.
(聚合性化合物) 當感光層為負型感光層時,負型感光層包含具有聚合性基之聚合性化合物為較佳。在本揭示中,“聚合性化合物”為受到後述的聚合起始劑的作用而聚合之化合物,並且係指與鹼可溶性樹脂不同的化合物。聚合性化合物的分子量為1,500以下為較佳。聚合性化合物的分子量為150以上為較佳。(Polymerizable Compound) When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains a polymerizable compound having polymerizable groups. In this disclosure, "polymerizable compound" refers to a compound that polymerizes under the action of a polymerization initiator described later, and specifically refers to a compound different from an alkaline-soluble resin. It is preferable that the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is 1,500 or less. It is preferable that the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is 150 or more.
只要為參與聚合反應之基,則聚合性基的種類不受限制。作為聚合性基,例如可以舉出乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和基之基。又,作為聚合性基,例如可以舉出環氧基、氧雜丁烷基等具有陽離子性聚合性基之基。作為聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和基之基為較佳,丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。The type of polymerizable group is not limited as long as it participates in the polymerization reaction. Examples of polymerizable groups include vinyl, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, styrene, and cis-butenedieliimino groups, which have vinyl unsaturated groups. Examples of polymerizable groups include epoxy and oxobutyl groups, which have cationic polymerizable groups. Groups with vinyl unsaturated groups are preferred as polymerizable groups, with acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile being even more preferred.
聚合性化合物包含具有2個以上的聚合性基之聚合性化合物為較佳。聚合性化合物包含具有2個以上的聚合性基之聚合性化合物和具有3個以上的聚合性基之聚合性化合物為更佳。Polymerizable compounds containing two or more polymerizable groups are preferred. Polymerizable compounds containing two or more polymerizable groups and polymerizable compounds containing three or more polymerizable groups are even more preferred.
作為聚合性化合物,在負型感光層的感光性更優異的觀點上,具有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,乙烯性不飽和化合物)為較佳,在一個分子中具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,多官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)為更佳。又,在解析性及剝離性更優異的觀點上,乙烯性不飽和化合物在一個分子中所具有之乙烯性不飽和基的數量為6個以下為較佳,3個以下為更佳,2個以下為進一步較佳。From the perspective of superior photosensitivity of negative photosensitive layers, compounds having one or more ethylene unsaturated groups (i.e., ethylene unsaturated compounds) are preferred as polymeric compounds, and compounds having two or more ethylene unsaturated groups per molecule (i.e., polyfunctional ethylene unsaturated compounds) are even more preferred. Furthermore, from the perspective of superior resolution and peelability, it is preferred that the number of ethylene unsaturated groups per molecule of the ethylene unsaturated compound is six or less, more preferably three or less, and even more preferably two or less.
在負型感光層的感光性與解析性及剝離性的平衡更優異的觀點上,感光層包含在一個分子中具有2個或3個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,2官能或3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)為較佳,包含在一個分子中具有2個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)為更佳。從剝離性優異的觀點而言,相對於聚合性化合物的總質量之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量相對於負型感光層的總質量為20質量%以上為較佳,超過40質量%為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,可以為100質量%。亦即,聚合性化合物可以全為2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。又,作為乙烯性不飽和化合物,具有(甲基)丙烯醯基作為聚合性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。From the perspective of achieving a superior balance between photosensitivity, resolution, and peelability of the negative photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains compounds having two or three ethylene unsaturated groups per molecule (i.e., difunctional or trifunctional ethylene unsaturated compounds), and even more preferable that it contains compounds having two ethylene unsaturated groups per molecule (i.e., difunctional ethylene unsaturated compounds). From the perspective of excellent peelability, it is preferable that the content of difunctional ethylene unsaturated compounds relative to the total mass of the polymerizable compound is 20% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer, more than 40% by mass is more preferable, and 55% by mass or more is even more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited and can be 100% by mass. That is, the polymerizable compounds can all be difunctional vinyl unsaturated compounds. Furthermore, as vinyl unsaturated compounds, (meth)acrylate compounds having (meth)acrylic groups as polymerizable groups are preferred.
感光層包含具有芳香環及2個乙烯性不飽和基之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1為較佳。乙烯性不飽和化合物B1為在上述乙烯性不飽和化合物之中在一個分子中具有1個以上的芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。The photosensitive layer preferably contains an ethylene-unsaturated compound B1 having an aromatic ring and two ethylene-unsaturated groups. The ethylene-unsaturated compound B1 is a difunctional ethylene-unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned ethylene-unsaturated compounds.
在感光層中,從解析性更優異的觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量相對於乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量的質量比為40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為特佳。上限並不受特別限制,但從剝離性的觀點而言,99質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳,90質量%以下為進一步較佳,85質量%以下為特佳。In the photosensitive layer, from the viewpoint of superior resolution, it is preferable for the mass ratio of the content of ethylene unsaturated compound B1 to the content of ethylene unsaturated compounds to be 40% by mass or more, better for 50% by mass or more, further better for 55% by mass or more, and exceptionally better for 60% by mass or more. There is no particular upper limit, but from the viewpoint of peelability, it is preferable for 99% by mass or less, better for 95% by mass or less, further better for 90% by mass or less, and exceptionally better for 85% by mass or less.
作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1所具有之芳香環,例如可以舉出苯環、萘環、蒽環等芳香族烴環、噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環、吡啶環等芳香族雜環以及該等的縮合環,芳香族烴環為較佳,苯環為更佳。另外,上述芳香環可以具有取代基。乙烯性不飽和化合物B1可以僅具有1個芳香環,亦可以具有2個以上的芳香環。The aromatic rings possessed by the ethylene-unsaturated compound B1 can include, for example, aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene rings, naphthalene rings, and anthracene rings; aromatic heterocyclic rings such as thiophene rings, furan rings, pyrrole rings, imidazole rings, triazole rings, and pyridine rings; as well as their condensed rings. Aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferred, and benzene rings are even more preferred. Furthermore, the aforementioned aromatic rings may have substituents. The ethylene-unsaturated compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring or may have two or more aromatic rings.
從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之感光層的膨潤而解析性提高之觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1具有雙酚結構為較佳。作為雙酚結構,例如可以舉出來自於雙酚A(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丙烷)之雙酚A結構、來自於雙酚F(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)甲烷)之雙酚F結構及來自於雙酚B(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷)之雙酚B結構,雙酚A結構為較佳。From the perspective of improving resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive layer caused by the developer, it is preferable that the vinyl unsaturated compound B1 has a bisphenol structure. Examples of bisphenol structures include the bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane), the bisphenol F structure derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)methane), and the bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)butane), with the bisphenol A structure being preferred.
作為具有雙酚結構之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,例如可以舉出具有雙酚結構和鍵結於該雙酚結構的兩端之2個聚合性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基)之化合物。雙酚結構的兩端與2個聚合性基可以直接鍵結,亦可以經由1個以上的伸烷氧基而鍵結。作為加成於雙酚結構的兩端之伸烷氧基,乙烯氧基或丙烯氧基為較佳,乙烯氧基為更佳。加成於雙酚結構之伸烷氧基的加成數並不受特別限制,但在每1個分子中為4個~16個為較佳,6個~14個為更佳。關於具有雙酚結構之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,記載於日本特開2016-224162號公報的0072段落~0080段落中,該公報中所記載之內容被編入本說明書中。As an ethylene-unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure, examples include compounds having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth)acrylyl) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. The two polymerizable groups at both ends of the bisphenol structure can be directly bonded or bonded via one or more alkoxy groups. As alkoxy groups added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, ethoxy or propyleneoxy is preferred, with ethoxy being more preferred. The number of alkoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but 4 to 16 per molecule is preferred, and 6 to 14 is more preferred. Regarding the ethylene-unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure, it is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-224162, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,具有雙酚A結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷為更佳。作為2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷,例如可以舉出2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-324M,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-500,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十二乙氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-3200MY,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-1300,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-200,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及乙氧基化(10)雙酚A二丙烯酸酯(NK Ester A-BPE-10,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。As an ethylene-unsaturated compound B1, a difunctional ethylene-unsaturated compound with a bisphenol A structure is preferred, and 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane is even more preferred. Examples of 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane include 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-324M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxyethoxypropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-500, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydodecethoxytetrapropoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.). 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK Ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).
作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,從放置時間線寬變化、顯影溫度線寬變化及靈敏度的觀點而言,包含下述式(Bis)所表示之化合物為較佳。As an ethylene-unsaturated compound B1, from the viewpoints of linewidth variation over time, linewidth variation at development temperature, and sensitivity, compounds containing the following formula (Bis) are preferred.
[化學式1] [Chemical Formula 1]
式(Bis)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,A為C2H4,B為C3H6,n1及n3分別獨立地為1~39的整數,且n1+n3為2~40的整數,n2及n4分別獨立地為0~29的整數,且n2+n4為0~30的整數,-(A-O)-及-(B-O)-的重複單元的排列可以為無規亦可以為嵌段。而且,在嵌段的情況下,-(A-O)-和-(B-O)-中的任一者可以在雙酚結構側。在一態樣中,n1+n2+n3+n4為2~20的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~12的整數為進一步較佳。又,n2+n4為0~10的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0~2的整數為進一步較佳,0為特佳。In formula ( Bis), R1 and R2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is C2H4 , B is C3H6 , n1 and n3 are independent integers from 1 to 39, and n1 + n3 is an integer from 2 to 40; n2 and n4 are independent integers from 0 to 29, and n2 + n4 is an integer from 0 to 30; the repeating units of -(AO)- and -(BO)- can be arranged randomly or in blocks. Furthermore, in the case of blocks, either -(AO)- or -(BO)- can be on the bisphenol structure side. In a given state, it is preferable for n1 + n2 + n3 + n4 to be integers between 2 and 20, even better if they are integers between 2 and 16, and further better if they are integers between 4 and 12. Also, it is preferable for n2 + n4 to be integers between 0 and 10, even better if they are integers between 0 and 4, further better if they are integers between 0 and 2, and 0 is the best.
乙烯性不飽和化合物B1可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用兩種以上。從解析性更優異的觀點而言,感光層中之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量相對於感光層的總質量為 10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。上限並不受特別限制,但從轉印性及邊緣熔融(感光層中的成分從轉印材料的端部滲出之現象)的觀點而言,70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。Ethylene unsaturated compound B1 can be used alone or in combination with two or more. From the viewpoint of superior resolution, it is preferable that the content of ethylene unsaturated compound B1 in the photosensitive layer is 10% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, and even better that it is 20% by mass or more. There is no particular upper limit, but from the viewpoint of transferability and edge melting (the phenomenon of components in the photosensitive layer seeping out from the ends of the transfer material), it is preferable that it is 70% by mass or less, and even better that it is 60% by mass or less.
感光層可以含有除上述乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物。除乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物並不受特別限制,能夠從公知的化合物中適當選擇。例如,可以舉出在一個分子中具有1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)、不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物。The photosensitive layer may contain ethylene unsaturated compounds other than the ethylene unsaturated compound B1 mentioned above. The ethylene unsaturated compounds other than ethylene unsaturated compound B1 are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. For example, compounds having one ethylene unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylene unsaturated compounds), difunctional ethylene unsaturated compounds without an aromatic ring, and trifunctional or more ethylene unsaturated compounds can be cited.
作為單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基己酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯。Examples of monofunctional ethylene-unsaturated compounds include ethyl (meth)acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl succinate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate.
作為不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯。Examples of difunctional ethylene-unsaturated compounds that do not have an aromatic ring include alkyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyalkyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, amine ester di(meth)acrylate, and trihydroxymethylpropane diacrylate.
作為伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯(A-DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、三環癸烷二甲醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-NOD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-HD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二丙烯酸酯及新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Examples of alkyl glycol di(meth)acrylates include tricyclodecanediethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecanediethanol dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate, and neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate.
作為聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯及聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Examples of polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate.
作為胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯以及環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯的市售品,例如可以舉出8UX-015A(Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-32P(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及UA-1100H(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of amine dimethacrylates include propylene oxide-modified amine dimethacrylates and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified amine dimethacrylates. Commercially available amine dimethacrylates include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).
作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出二新戊四醇(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及該等的環氧烷改質物。其中,“(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”為包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及六(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念,“(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”為包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及四(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。在一態樣中,感光層包含上述乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含上述乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。在該情況下,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1與3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的質量比為(乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的合計質量):(3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的合計質量)=1:1~5:1為較佳,1.2:1~4:1為更佳,1.5:1~3:1為進一步較佳。又,在一態樣中,感光層包含上述乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳。Examples of trifunctional or higher ethylene-unsaturated compounds include dinepentylenetetrol (tri/tetra/penta/hexa)methacrylate, neopentylenetetrol (tri/tetra)methacrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane tri(methacrylate), ditrihydroxymethylpropane tetra(methacrylate), trihydroxymethylethane tri(methacrylate), isocyanurate tri(methacrylate), glycerol tri(methacrylate), and their epoxide-modified forms. The term "(tri/tetra/penta/hexa)methacrylate" encompasses tri(methacrylate), tetra(methacrylate), penta(methacrylate), and hexa(methacrylate), while "(tri/tetra)methacrylate" encompasses both tri(methacrylate) and tetra(methacrylate). In one embodiment, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains the aforementioned ethylene unsaturated compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylene unsaturated compound, and even more preferably, it contains the aforementioned ethylene unsaturated compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher ethylene unsaturated compounds. In this case, the mass ratio of ethylene unsaturated compound B1 to trifunctional or higher ethylene unsaturated compounds is preferably 1:1 to 5:1 (total mass of ethylene unsaturated compound B1):(total mass of trifunctional or higher ethylene unsaturated compounds) = 1:1 to 5:1, more preferably 1.2:1 to 4:1, and even more preferably 1.5:1 to 3:1. Furthermore, in one embodiment, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains the aforementioned ethylene unsaturated compound B1 and two or more trifunctional ethylene unsaturated compounds.
作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的環氧烷改質物,例如可以舉出己內酯改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-9300-1CL等)、環氧烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD RP-1040、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之ATM-35E及A-9300、DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製造之EBECRYL(註冊商標)135等)、乙氧基化甘油三丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-GLY-9E等)、ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、ARONIX M-520(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)以及ARONIX M-510(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)。Examples of epoxide-modified compounds that are trifunctional or higher-functionalized ethylene unsaturated compounds include caprolactone-modified (meth)acrylate compounds (such as KAYARAD DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), epoxide-modified (meth)acrylate compounds (such as KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., and EBECRYL 135 manufactured by DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.), and ethoxylated glycerol triacrylates (such as those manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.). A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Co., Ltd., ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.), ARONIX M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.) and ARONIX M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.).
又,作為除乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物,可以使用日本特開2004-239942號公報的0025段落~0030段落中所記載之具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物。Furthermore, as an ethylene-unsaturated compound other than ethylene-unsaturated compound B1, an ethylene-unsaturated compound having an acid group as described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-239942 may be used.
從解析性及直線性的觀點而言,感光層中之乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量Mm相對於鹼可溶性樹脂的含量Mb之比亦即Mm/Mb的值為1.0以下為較佳,0.9以下為更佳,0.5以上且0.9以下為特佳。又,從硬化性及解析性的觀點而言,感光層中之乙烯性不飽和化合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸化合物為較佳,包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。此外,從硬化性、解析性及直線性的觀點而言,感光層中之乙烯性不飽和化合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸化合物,且丙烯酸化合物的含量相對於感光層中所包含之上述(甲基)丙烯酸化合物的總質量為60質量%以下為更佳。From the viewpoints of resolution and linearity, it is preferable that the ratio of the content of vinyl unsaturated compounds (Mm) in the photosensitive layer to the content of alkali-soluble resin (Mb), i.e., the value of Mm/Mb, is 1.0 or less, more preferably 0.9 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more but less than 0.9. Furthermore, from the viewpoints of curability and resolution, it is preferable that the vinyl unsaturated compounds in the photosensitive layer include (meth)acrylic acid compounds, and even more preferably (meth)acrylate compounds. Moreover, from the viewpoints of curability, resolution, and linearity, it is preferable that the vinyl unsaturated compounds in the photosensitive layer include (meth)acrylic acid compounds, and that the content of acrylic acid compounds relative to the total mass of the aforementioned (meth)acrylic acid compounds contained in the photosensitive layer is 60% by mass or less.
作為包含乙烯性不飽和化合物B1之乙烯性不飽和化合物的分子量(當具有分佈時為重量平均分子量(Mw)),200~3,000為較佳,280~2,200為更佳,300~2,200為進一步較佳。The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight (Mw) when distributed) of the ethylene unsaturated compound containing ethylene unsaturated compound B1 is preferably 200–3,000, more preferably 280–2,200, and even more preferably 300–2,200.
聚合性化合物為選自包括乙氧基化丙烯酸酯化合物及乙氧基化甲基丙烯酸酯化合物之群組中之至少一種為較佳,乙氧基化甲基丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。作為乙氧基化甲基丙烯酸酯化合物,例如可以舉出2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-324M,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-500,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十二乙氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-3200MY,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-1300,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-200,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及乙氧基化(10)雙酚A二丙烯酸酯(NK Ester A-BPE-10,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。The polymerizable compound is preferably selected from at least one of the group consisting of ethoxylated acrylate compounds and ethoxylated methacrylate compounds, with ethoxylated methacrylate compounds being more preferred. Examples of ethoxylated methacrylate compounds include 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-324M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxyethoxypropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-500, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxydodecylethoxytetrapropoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), and 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxypentadecaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.). 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK Ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).
聚合性化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用兩種以上。感光層中之聚合性化合物的含量相對於感光層的總質量為10質量%~70質量%為較佳,20質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為進一步較佳。The polymeric compound can be used alone or in combination with two or more. The content of the polymeric compound in the photosensitive layer relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably 10% to 70% by mass, more preferably 20% to 60% by mass, and even more preferably 20% to 50% by mass.
感光層中所包含之聚合性化合物的質量相對於感光層中所包含之高分子化合物的質量的比率為50%以下為較佳,40%以下為更佳,35%以下為進一步較佳。若聚合性化合物的質量相對於高分子化合物的質量的比率變小,則感光層的硬度增加。若感光層的硬度增加,則例如感光層的強度增加。又,感光層表面的光滑性提高。感光層中所包含之聚合性化合物的質量相對於感光層中所包含之高分子化合物的質量的比率為10%以上為較佳,20%以上為更佳,25%以上為進一步較佳。若聚合性化合物的質量相對於高分子化合物的質量的比率變大,則對於顯影液之溶解速度提高,且配線圖案的直線性提高。The ratio of the mass of the polymeric compound contained in the photosensitive layer to the mass of the polymeric compound contained in the photosensitive layer is preferably 50% or less, more preferably 40%, and even more preferably 35%. If the ratio of the mass of the polymeric compound to the mass of the polymeric compound decreases, the hardness of the photosensitive layer increases. If the hardness of the photosensitive layer increases, for example, the strength of the photosensitive layer increases. Furthermore, the smoothness of the photosensitive layer surface improves. The ratio of the mass of the polymeric compound contained in the photosensitive layer to the mass of the polymeric compound contained in the photosensitive layer is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, and even more preferably 25%. If the ratio of the mass of the polymeric compound to the mass of the polymeric compound increases, the dissolution rate of the developing solution increases, and the straightness of the line pattern improves.
(聚合起始劑) 當感光層為負型感光層時,負型感光層包含聚合起始劑為較佳。聚合起始劑可以根據聚合反應的形式選擇,例如可以舉出熱聚合起始劑及光聚合起始劑。又,作為聚合起始劑,可以舉出自由基聚合起始劑及陽離子聚合起始劑。(Polymerization Initiator) When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator can be selected according to the form of polymerization reaction; for example, thermal polymerization initiators and photopolymerization initiators can be cited. Furthermore, free radical polymerization initiators and cationic polymerization initiators can be cited as examples.
負型感光層包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。光聚合起始劑為受到紫外線、可見光線及X射線等活性光線而引發聚合性化合物的聚合之化合物。作為光聚合起始劑,並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。作為光聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑,光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。It is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains a photopolymerization initiator. A photopolymerization initiator is a compound that undergoes polymerization upon exposure to active light sources such as ultraviolet, visible, and X-rays. There are no particular limitations on the photopolymerization initiator; any known photopolymerization initiator can be used. Examples of photopolymerization initiators include photoradical polymerization initiators and photocationic polymerization initiators, with photoradical polymerization initiators being preferred.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出具有肟酯結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-胺基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有醯基氧化膦結構之光聚合起始劑及具有N-苯甘胺酸結構之光聚合起始劑。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include photopolymerization initiators with oxime ester structures, photopolymerization initiators with α-aminoalkylphenyl ketone structures, photopolymerization initiators with α-hydroxyalkylphenyl ketone structures, photopolymerization initiators with acetylsine oxide structures, and photopolymerization initiators with N-phenylglycine structures.
又,從感光性、曝光部及非曝光部的可見性及解析性的觀點而言,負型感光層包含選自包括2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物之群組中之至少一種作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。另外,2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物中之2個2,4,5-三芳基咪唑結構可以相同亦可以不同。作為2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體的衍生物,例如可以舉出2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二(甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體及2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體。Furthermore, from the viewpoints of photosensitivity, visibility of the exposed portion, and resolution of the unexposed portion, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer includes at least one selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triarylimidazolium dimers and their derivatives as a photoradical polymerization initiator. Additionally, the two 2,4,5-triarylimidazolium structures in the 2,4,5-triarylimidazolium dimer and its derivatives may be identical or different. As derivatives of 2,4,5-triarylimidazolium dimers, examples include 2-(orthochlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolium dimer, 2-(orthochlorophenyl)-4,5-di(methoxyphenyl)imidazolium dimer, 2-(orthofluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolium dimer, 2-(orthomethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolium dimer, and 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolium dimer.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以使用日本特開2011-95716號公報的0031段落~0042段落、日本特開2015-14783號公報的0064段落~0081段落中所記載之聚合起始劑。As a photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, the polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-95716 and paragraphs 0064 to 0081 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-14783 can be used.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯(DBE,CAS No.10287-53-3)、苯偶姻甲醚、(p,p’-二甲氧基苄基)大茴香酯、TAZ-110(商品名:Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二苯甲酮、TAZ-111(商品名:Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、Irgacure OXE01、OXE02、OXE03、OXE04(BASF公司製造)、Omnirad651及369(商品名:IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)及2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include ethyl dimethylaminobenzoate (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, (p,p’-dimethoxybenzyl)anisyl ester, TAZ-110 (trade name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), benzophenone, TAZ-111 (trade name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), Irgacure OXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), Omnirad 651 and 369 (trade name: manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), and 2,2’-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4’,5,5’-tetraphenyl-1,2’-biimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
作為光自由基聚合起始劑的市售品,例如可以舉出1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-辛二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(商品名:IRGACURE(註冊商標)OXE-01,BASF公司製造)、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮-1-(O-乙醯肟)(商品名:IRGACURE OXE-02,BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF公司製造)、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(商品名:Omnirad 379EG,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 907,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 127,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)丁酮-1(商品名:Omnirad 369,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 1173,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、1-羥基環己基苯基酮(商品名:Omnirad 184,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 651,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦(商品名:Omnirad TPO H,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦(商品名:Omnirad 819,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、肟酯系的光聚合起始劑(商品名:Lunar 6,DKSH Japan K.K.製造)、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯咪唑(2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體)(商品名:B-CIM,Hampford公司製造)及2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體(商品名:BCTB,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-3-環戊基丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(商品名:TR-PBG-305,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、1,2-丙烷二酮,3-環己基-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-呋喃基羰基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,2-(O-乙醯肟)(商品名:TR-PBG-326,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)及3-環己基-1-(6-(2-(苯甲醯氧基亞胺基)辛醯基)-9-乙基-9H-咔唑-3-基)-丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(商品名:TR-PBG-391,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)。Commercially available photoradical polymerization initiators include, for example, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione-2-(O-benzoxime) (trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, manufactured by BASF), 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazole-3-yl]acetone-1-(O-acetyloxime) (trade name: IRGACURE OXE-02, manufactured by BASF), IRGACURE OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF), and 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone (trade name: Omnirad 379EG, IGM Resins). Omnirad 907, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V., 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinylpropane-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 907, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropane-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 127, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)butanone-1 (trade name: Omnirad 369, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 1173, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) Omnirad 184 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone (trade name: Omnirad 184, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 651, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad TPO H, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad 819, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), and oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators (trade name: Lunar 6, DKSH Japan). K.K. manufactures), 2,2’-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4’,5,5’-tetraphenylbiimidazole (2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolium dimer) (trade name: B-CIM, manufactured by Hampford Company) and 2-(orthochlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolium dimer (trade name: BCTB, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclopentylpropane-1,2-dione-2-(O-benzoxyxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-305, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials). (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), 1,2-propanedione, 3-cyclohexyl-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-furanylcarbonyl)-9H-carbazole-3-yl]-,2-(O-acetyloxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-326, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) and 3-cyclohexyl-1-(6-(2-(benzoyloxyimino)octyl)-9-ethyl-9H-carbazole-3-yl)-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-benzoyloxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-391, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.).
光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)為受到活性光線而產生酸之化合物。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,反應於波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300nm~450nm的活性光線而產生酸之化合物為較佳,但其化學結構並不受限制。又,關於不直接感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線之光陽離子聚合起始劑,只要為藉由與增感劑併用而感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線從而產生酸之化合物,則亦能夠與增感劑組合而較佳地使用。 作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,產生pKa為4以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為特佳。pKa的下限值並沒有特別規定,例如-10.0以上為較佳。Photoionic polymerization initiators (photoacid generators) are compounds that produce acids upon exposure to active light. As photoionic polymerization initiators, compounds that produce acids upon exposure to active light with wavelengths above 300 nm, preferably between 300 nm and 450 nm, are preferred, but their chemical structure is not limited. Furthermore, photoionic polymerization initiators that do not directly sensitize to active light with wavelengths above 300 nm, as long as they are compounds that produce acids upon exposure to active light with wavelengths above 300 nm by being used in conjunction with a sensitizer, can also be used in combination with the sensitizer for optimal results. As a photocatalytic polymerization initiator, it is preferable to produce an acid photocatalytic polymerization initiator with a pKa of 4 or lower, even better to produce an acid photocatalytic polymerization initiator with a pKa of 3 or lower, and especially preferable to produce an acid photocatalytic polymerization initiator with a pKa of 2 or lower. There is no specific requirement for the lower limit of pKa, but for example, a value above -10.0 is preferred.
作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以舉出離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑及非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出二芳基錪鹽類及三芳基鋶鹽類等鎓鹽化合物以及季銨鹽。作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以使用日本特開2014-85643號公報的0114段落~0133段落中所記載之離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。Examples of ionic and nonionic photopolymerization initiators include those for photopolymerization. Examples of ionic photopolymerization initiators include onium salts such as diarylamium salts and triarylstromium salts, as well as quaternary ammonium salts. As ionic photopolymerization initiators, those described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-85643 may be used.
作為非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出三氯甲基-s-三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺基磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。作為三氯甲基-s-三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺基磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用日本特開2011-221494號公報的0083段落~0088段落中所記載之化合物。又,作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0084段落~0088段落中所記載之化合物。Examples of nonionic photoionic polymerization initiators include trichloromethyl-s-triazine compounds, diazomethane compounds, amide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. For trichloromethyl-s-triazine compounds, diazomethane compounds, and amide sulfonate compounds, compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-221494 can be used. Furthermore, for oxime sulfonate compounds, compounds described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be used.
感光層可以單獨含有一種光聚合起始劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。感光層中之光聚合起始劑的含量並不受特別限制,但相對於感光層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1.0質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,但相對於感光層的總質量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳。The photosensitive layer may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or it may contain two or more types. The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive layer is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to be 0.1% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1.0% by mass or more. There is no particular upper limit, but it is preferable to be 10% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, and even more preferably 5% by mass or less.
(色素) 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,感光層含有色素為較佳,含有顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中之極大吸收波長為450nm以上且極大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化之色素(亦簡稱為“色素N”。)為更佳。若含有色素N,則雖然詳細的機制尚不明確,但與鄰接之層(例如,暫時支撐體及中間層)的密接性提高,從而解析性更優異。(Pigment) From the perspective of visibility of both exposed and unexposed areas, visibility of the developed pattern, and resolution, it is better for the photosensitive layer to contain pigment. It is even better to contain pigments with a maximum absorption wavelength of 450nm or higher in the wavelength range of 400nm–780nm during color development, and whose maximum absorption wavelength changes with acids, alkalis, or free radicals (also referred to as "pigment N"). While the detailed mechanism is not yet fully understood, the presence of pigment N improves adhesion to adjacent layers (e.g., temporary supports and intermediate layers), resulting in superior resolution.
在本揭示中,色素的“極大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而變化”可以指處於顯色狀態之色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而脫色之態樣、處於脫色狀態之色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之態樣及處於顯色狀態之色素變為其他色相的顯色狀態之態樣中的任一態樣。具體而言,色素N可以為藉由曝光從脫色狀態發生變化而顯色之化合物,亦可以為藉由曝光從顯色狀態發生變化而脫色之化合物。在該情況下,可以為藉由曝光在感光層內產生酸、鹼或自由基並起作用,從而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素,亦可以為感光層內的狀態(例如pH)藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化,從而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素。又,亦可以為不經過曝光而直接接受酸、鹼或自由基作為刺激而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素。In this disclosure, the phrase "the maximum absorption wavelength of a pigment changes due to acids, alkalis, or free radicals" can refer to any of the following states: a pigment in a chromogenic state that decolorizes due to acids, alkalis, or free radicals; a pigment in a decolorized state that develops color due to acids, alkalis, or free radicals; or a pigment in a chromogenic state that changes to another hue. Specifically, pigment N can be a compound that changes from a decolorized state to a chromogenic state upon exposure, or a compound that changes from a chromogenic state to a decolorized state upon exposure. In this case, the pigment can be one whose color development or decolorization occurs due to the generation of acids, alkalis, or free radicals within the photosensitive layer upon exposure. Alternatively, the pigment can be one whose color development or decolorization occurs due to changes in the state (e.g., pH) within the photosensitive layer caused by acids, alkalis, or free radicals. Furthermore, the pigment can also be one whose color development or decolorization occurs directly upon exposure to acids, alkalis, or free radicals without prior exposure.
其中,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,色素N為極大吸收波長藉由酸或自由基而變化之色素為較佳,極大吸收波長藉由自由基而變化之色素為更佳。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,感光層含有作為色素N之極大吸收波長藉由自由基而變化之色素及光自由基聚合起始劑這兩者為較佳。 又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素N為藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之色素為較佳。From the perspective of visibility and resolution of both exposed and unexposed areas, it is preferable that pigment N is a pigment whose absorption wavelength changes with acid or free radicals, and even more preferable that is a pigment whose absorption wavelength changes with free radicals. From the perspective of visibility and resolution of both exposed and unexposed areas, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains both a pigment (pigment N) whose absorption wavelength changes with free radicals and a photoradical polymerization initiator. Furthermore, from the perspective of visibility of both exposed and unexposed areas, it is preferable that pigment N is a pigment that develops color through acid, alkali, or free radicals.
作為本揭示中之色素N的顯色機構的例子,可以舉出自由基反應性色素、酸反應性色素或鹼反應性色素(例如無色色素)藉由向感光層中添加光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)或光鹼產生劑並進行曝光之後從光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑或光鹼產生劑產生之自由基、酸或鹼而顯色之態樣。As an example of the color-developing mechanism of pigment N in this disclosure, one can cite the following: a free radical reactive pigment, an acid reactive pigment, or an alkali reactive pigment (e.g., a colorless pigment) develops color from the free radicals, acids, or alkalis generated by the photoradical polymerization initiator, photocation polymerization initiator (photoacid generator), or photoalkali generator after exposure to the photosensitive layer.
從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素N顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中之極大吸收波長為550nm以上為較佳,550nm~700nm為更佳,550nm~650nm為進一步較佳。又,色素N可以僅具有1個顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中之極大吸收波長,亦可以具有2個以上。當色素N具有2個以上顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中之極大吸收波長時,2個以上的極大吸收波長中吸光度最高的極大吸收波長為450nm以上即可。From the perspective of visibility of both the exposed and unexposed areas, it is preferable that the maximum absorption wavelength of pigment N in the wavelength range of 400nm–780nm is 550nm or higher, 550nm–700nm is even better, and 550nm–650nm is even better. Furthermore, pigment N may have only one maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400nm–780nm for color development, or it may have two or more. When pigment N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400nm–780nm for color development, the maximum absorption wavelength with the highest absorbance among these two or more maximum absorption wavelengths should be 450nm or higher.
色素N的極大吸收波長藉由在大氣環境下使用分光光度計:UV3100(Shimadzu Corporation製造)在400nm~780nm的範圍內測量含有色素N之溶液(液溫25℃)的透射光譜並檢測光的強度成為極小之波長(極大吸收波長)而得到。The maximum absorption wavelength of pigment N was obtained by measuring the transmission spectrum of a solution containing pigment N (liquid temperature 25°C) in the range of 400nm to 780nm using a UV3100 spectrophotometer (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in an atmospheric environment and detecting the wavelength at which the light intensity becomes minimal (maximum absorption wavelength).
作為藉由曝光而顯色或脫色之色素,例如可以舉出無色化合物。作為藉由曝光而脫色之色素,例如可以舉出無色化合物、二芳基甲烷系色素、㗁𠯤系色素、口山口星系色素、亞胺基萘醌系色素、偶氮次甲基系色素及蒽醌系色素。作為色素N,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,無色化合物為較佳。As pigments that develop or decolorize upon exposure, examples include colorless compounds. As pigments that decolorize upon exposure, examples include colorless compounds, diarylmethane pigments, acetylene pigments, sigmazone pigments, iminonaphthoquinone pigments, azomethine pigments, and anthraquinone pigments. From the viewpoint of visibility of both exposed and unexposed areas, colorless compounds are preferable as pigment N.
無色化合物例如可以舉出具有三芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三芳基甲烷系色素)、具有螺旋哌喃骨架之無色化合物(螺旋哌喃系色素)、具有螢光黃母體骨架之無色化合物(螢光黃母體系色素)、具有二芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(二芳基甲烷系色素)、具有羅丹明內醯胺骨架之無色化合物(羅丹明內醯胺系色素)、具有吲哚基酞內酯骨架之無色化合物(吲哚基酞內酯系色素)及具有無色金黃胺骨架之無色化合物(無色金黃胺系色素)。其中,三芳基甲烷系色素或螢光黃母體系色素為較佳,具有三苯基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三苯基甲烷系色素)或螢光黃母體系色素為更佳。Colorless compounds include, for example, those with a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane pigments), those with a spiropipran skeleton (spiropipran pigments), those with a fluorescent yellow parent skeleton (fluorescent yellow parent pigments), those with a diarylmethane skeleton (diarylmethane pigments), those with a rhodamine lactone skeleton (rhodamine lactone pigments), those with an indolephthalide skeleton (indolephthalide pigments), and those with a colorless auramine skeleton (colorless auramine pigments). Among these, triarylmethane pigments or fluorescent yellow parent pigments are preferred, and colorless compounds with a triphenylmethane skeleton (triphenylmethane pigments) or fluorescent yellow parent pigments are even more preferred.
作為無色化合物,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環(sultine ring)或磺內酯環為較佳。藉此,能夠使無色化合物所具有之內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環與從光自由基聚合起始劑產生之自由基或從光陽離子聚合起始劑產生之酸進行反應使無色化合物變為閉環狀態而使其脫色,或者使無色化合物變為開環狀態而使其顯色。作為無色化合物,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環且內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為較佳,具有內酯環且內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為更佳。From the perspective of visibility of both exposed and unexposed areas, it is preferable for a colorless compound to possess a lactone ring, a sultine ring, or a sulfonyl ring. This allows the lactone ring, sultine ring, or sulfonyl ring of the colorless compound to react with free radicals generated from a photoradical polymerization initiator or with acids generated from a photoionic polymerization initiator, thereby either decolorizing the colorless compound by changing it to a closed-ring state or making it color-developing by changing it to an open-ring state. As a colorless compound, a compound having a lactone ring, sulfinolone ring, or sulfonolone ring, and the lactone ring, sulfinolone ring, or sulfonolone ring showing color through ring-opening by free radicals or acids, is preferred; a compound having a lactone ring and the lactone ring showing color through ring-opening by free radicals or acids is even more preferred.
作為色素N,例如可以舉出以下染料及無色化合物。在色素N之中,作為染料的具體例,可以舉出亮綠(brilliant green)、乙基紫、甲基綠、結晶紫、鹼性品紅(basic fuchsine)、甲基紫2B、喹納啶紅(quinaldine red)、孟加拉玫瑰紅(rose bengal)、米塔尼爾黃(metanil yellow)、百里酚磺酞(thymol sulfonphthalein)、二甲酚(xylenol)藍、甲基橙、對甲基紅、剛果紅、苯并紅紫素(benzopurpurine)4B、α-萘基紅、尼羅藍(nile blue)2B、尼羅藍A、甲基紫、孔雀綠(malachite green)、副品紅(parafuchsin)、維多利亞純藍(victoria pure blue)-萘磺酸鹽、維多利亞純藍BOH(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油藍#603(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油粉紅#312(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅5B(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油猩紅(oil scarlet)#308(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅OG(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅RR(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油綠#502(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、史必隆紅(spilon red)BEH特殊(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、間甲酚紫、甲酚紅、羅丹明B、羅丹明6G、磺基羅丹明B、金黃胺、4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基苯胺基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基硬脂基胺基-4-對-N,N-雙(羥基乙基)胺基-苯基亞胺基萘醌、1-苯基-3-甲基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮及1-β-萘基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮。As a pigment N, examples include the following dyes and colorless compounds. Among pigments N, specific examples of dyes include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fuchsine, methyl violet 2B, quinaldine red, rose bengal, metanil yellow, thymol sulfonphthalein, xylenol blue, methyl orange, p-methyl red, Congo red, benzopurpurine 4B, α-naphthyl red, Nile blue 2B, Nile blue A, methyl violet, malachite green, parafuchsin, Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate, Victoria pure blue BOH (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), and Oil Blue #603 (orient Chemical Industries). Oil Red #312 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Red 5B (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Scarlet #308 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Red OG (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Red RR (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Green #502 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Spilon Red BEH Special (Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) (Manufactured by Co., Ltd.), m-cresol purple, cresol red, rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, sulforhodamine B, aureamine, 4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxyanilino-4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)amino-phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1-β-naphthyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone.
在色素N之中,作為無色化合物的具體例,可以舉出p,p’,p”-六甲基三胺基三苯基甲烷(無色結晶紫)、Pergascript Blue SRB(Ciba-Geigy公司製造)、結晶紫內酯、孔雀綠內酯、苯甲醯無色亞甲基藍、2-(N-苯基-N-甲基胺基)-6-(N-對甲苯基-N-乙基)胺基螢光黃母體、2-苯胺基-3-甲基-6-(N-乙基-對甲苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3,6-二甲氧基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-5-甲基-7-(N,N-二苄基胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N-環己基-N-甲基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲氧基-7-胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-(4-氯苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-苄基胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7,8-苯并熒烷、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-哌啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-吡咯啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3,3-雙(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯(phthalide)、3,3-雙(1-正丁基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(對二甲基胺基苯基)-6-二甲基胺基酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基-2-乙氧基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)-4-氮雜酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯及3’,6’-雙(二苯基胺基)螺異苯并呋喃-1(3H),9’-[9H]口山口星-3-酮。Among pigments N, specific examples of colorless compounds include p,p',p”-hexamethyltriaminetriphenylmethane (colorless crystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba-Geigy), crystal violet lactone, malachite green lactone, benzoxide colorless methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)amino fluorescent yellow parent material, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6-(N-ethyl-p-tolyl)fluorescent yellow parent material, 3,6-dimethoxyfluorescent yellow parent material, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-5-methyl-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino)fluorescent yellow parent material, and 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6-methyl -7-aniline fluorescent yellow parent material, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-aniline fluorescent yellow parent material, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-amino fluorescent yellow parent material, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-chlorofluorescent yellow parent material, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methoxy-7-aminofluorescent yellow parent material, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-(4-chloroaniline)fluorescent yellow parent material, 3- (N,N-Diethylamino)-7-benzylamino fluorescent yellow parent compounds, 3-(N,N-Diethylamino)-7,8-benzofluorine, 3-(N,N-Dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-aniline fluorescent yellow parent compounds, 3-(N,N-Dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-aniline fluorescent yellow parent compounds, 3-piperidinyl-6-methyl-7-aniline fluorescent yellow parent compounds, 3-pyrrolidinyl-6-methyl-7-aniline fluorescent yellow parent compounds, 3,3-bis(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalolide (phthali de), 3,3-bis(1-n-butyl-2-methylindole-3-yl)phthalolide, 3,3-bis(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-6-dimethylaminophthalolide, 3-(4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindole-3-yl)-4-azaphthalolide, 3-(4-diethylaminophenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindole-3-yl)phthalolide and 3',6'-bis(diphenylamino)spiroisobenzofuran-1(3H),9'-[9H]-yamagata-3-one.
從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素N為極大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而顯色之色素為更佳。作為色素N,無色結晶紫、結晶紫內酯、亮綠或維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽為較佳。From the perspectives of visibility of both exposed and unexposed areas, as well as the visibility and resolution of the developed pattern, pigment N that absorbs wavelengths at extremely high wavelengths and changes color due to free radicals is preferred, and pigments that develop color through free radicals are even better. As pigment N, colorless crystalline violet, crystalline violet lactone, brilliant green, or Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate are preferred.
色素N可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素N的含量相對於感光層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,色素N的含量相對於感光層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。Pigment N can be used alone or in combination with other pigments. From the perspective of visibility of both exposed and unexposed areas, as well as the visibility and resolution of the developed pattern, a pigment N content of 0.1% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferred, 0.1% to 10% by mass is more preferred, 0.1% to 5% by mass is even more preferred, and 0.1% to 1% by mass is particularly preferred. Furthermore, from the perspective of visibility of both exposed and unexposed areas, as well as the visibility and resolution of the developed pattern, a pigment N content of 0.1% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferred, 0.1% to 10% by mass is more preferred, 0.1% to 5% by mass is even more preferred, and 0.1% to 1% by mass is particularly preferred.
色素N的含量係指使感光層中所包含之所有色素N成為顯色狀態時的色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例子,對色素N的含量的定量方法進行說明。製備在甲基乙基酮100mL中溶解有色素0.001g或0.01g之兩種溶液。向所得到之各溶液中加入光自由基聚合起始劑(商品名,Irgacure OXE01,BASF公司製造),並照射365nm的光,藉此產生自由基而使所有色素成為顯色狀態。然後,在大氣環境下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,Shimadzu Corporation製造)測定液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,並製作校準曲線。接著,除了代替色素而將感光層3g溶解於甲基乙基酮以外,利用與上述相同的方法測定使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。基於所得到之含有感光層之溶液的吸光度,依據校準曲線計算出感光層中所包含之色素的含量。The content of pigment N refers to the amount of pigment required to bring all pigment N contained in the photosensitive layer to a colored state. The following explanation uses a pigment that develops color via free radicals as an example to illustrate the quantitative method for determining the content of pigment N. Two solutions were prepared, each containing 0.001 g or 0.01 g of pigment dissolved in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone. A photoradical polymerization initiator (trade name: Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF) was added to each solution, and the solutions were irradiated with 365 nm light to generate free radicals, thus bringing all pigments to a colored state. Then, under atmospheric conditions, the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25°C was measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and calibration curves were constructed. Next, except that 3g of the photosensitive layer was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the pigment, the absorbance of the solution that caused the pigment to fully develop was measured using the same method as described above. Based on the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive layer, the content of pigment contained in the photosensitive layer was calculated according to the calibration curve.
(熱交聯性化合物) 從所得到之硬化膜的強度及所得到之未硬化膜的黏結性的觀點而言,感光層包含熱交聯性化合物為較佳。另外,在本揭示中,後述的具有乙烯性不飽和基之熱交聯性化合物不作為乙烯性不飽和化合物而處理,而作為熱交聯性化合物進行處理。作為熱交聯性化合物,可以舉出羥甲基化合物及封端異氰酸酯化合物。其中,從所得到之硬化膜的強度及所得到之未硬化膜的黏結性的觀點而言,封端異氰酸酯化合物為較佳。封端異氰酸酯化合物與羥基及羧基進行反應,因此例如當鹼可溶性樹脂及/或乙烯性不飽和化合物等具有羥基及羧基中的至少一者時,所形成之膜的親水性下降,從而將使感光層硬化而成之膜用作保護膜時的功能趨於增強。另外,封端異氰酸酯化合物係指具有“用封端劑保護(所謂的遮蓋(mask))了異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基之結構之化合物”。(Thermocrosslinking compounds) From the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesion of the obtained uncured film, it is preferable for the photosensitive layer to contain a thermocrosslinking compound. Furthermore, in this disclosure, the thermocrosslinking compounds having vinyl unsaturated groups described later are not treated as vinyl unsaturated compounds, but are treated as thermocrosslinking compounds. Examples of thermocrosslinking compounds include hydroxymethyl compounds and capped isocyanate compounds. Among these, capped isocyanate compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesion of the obtained uncured film. End-capped isocyanate compounds react with hydroxyl and carboxyl groups. Therefore, when alkaline soluble resins and/or vinyl unsaturated compounds, for example, have at least one of hydroxyl and carboxyl groups, the hydrophilicity of the resulting film decreases, thereby enhancing the function of the film formed by curing the photosensitive layer as a protective film. Furthermore, end-capped isocyanate compounds refer to compounds having a structure in which "isocyanate groups of isocyanate are protected (masked) by an end-capping agent."
封端異氰酸酯化合物的解離溫度並不受特別限制,但100℃~160℃為較佳,130℃~150℃為更佳。封端異氰酸酯的解離溫度係指“使用示差掃描熱量計並藉由DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry:示差掃描熱量法)分析測定時的伴隨封端異氰酸酯的脫保護反應之吸熱峰的溫度”。作為示差掃描熱量計,例如能夠較佳地使用Seiko Instruments Inc.製造之示差掃描熱量計(型號:DSC6200)。但是,示差掃描熱量計並不限定於此。The dissociation temperature of the terminal isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but 100°C to 160°C is preferred, and 130°C to 150°C is even better. The dissociation temperature of the terminal isocyanate refers to "the temperature of the endothermic peak accompanying the deprotection reaction of the terminal isocyanate when analyzed and determined using a differential scanning calorimeter by DSC (Differential Scanning Calorimetry)." For example, a differential scanning calorimeter manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. (model: DSC6200) is preferred. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.
作為解離溫度為100℃~160℃的封端劑,可以舉出活性亞甲基化合物〔丙二酸二酯(丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯、丙二酸二正丁酯、丙二酸二2-乙基己酯等)〕、肟化合物(甲醛肟、乙醛肟、丙酮肟、甲基乙基酮肟及環己酮肟等在分子內具有-C(=N-OH)-所表示之結構之化合物)。在該等之中,例如,從保存穩定性的觀點而言,解離溫度為100℃~160℃的封端劑包含肟化合物為較佳。Examples of end-capping agents with a dissociation temperature of 100°C to 160°C include active methylene compounds (malonate diesters (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-n-butyl malonate, di-2-ethylhexyl malonate, etc.)) and oxime compounds (formaldehyde oxime, acetaldehyde oxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, and cyclohexanone oxime, etc., compounds having a structure represented by -C (=N-OH)- in the molecule). Among these, for example, from the viewpoint of maintaining stability, end-capping agents with a dissociation temperature of 100°C to 160°C containing oxime compounds are preferred.
例如,從改善膜的脆性、提高與被轉印體的密接力等觀點而言,封端異氰酸酯化合物具有異氰脲酸酯結構為較佳。具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物例如可藉由將六亞甲基二異氰酸酯進行異氰脲酸酯化以對其加以保護而得到。在具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物之中,從與不具有肟結構之化合物相比,更容易將解離溫度設在較佳的範圍,且容易減少顯影殘渣之觀點而言,具有將肟化合物用作封端劑之肟結構之化合物為較佳。For example, from the viewpoint of improving film brittleness and enhancing adhesion to the substrate, it is preferable for the capping isocyanate compound to have an isocyanurate structure. A capping isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure can be obtained, for example, by isocyanuric acid esterification of hexamethylene diisocyanate to protect it. Among capping isocyanate compounds having an isocyanurate structure, from the viewpoint that it is easier to set the dissociation temperature within a better range and easier to reduce developing residue compared to compounds without an oxime structure, compounds with an oxime structure in which an oxime compound is used as a capping agent are preferred.
封端異氰酸酯化合物可以具有聚合性基。作為聚合性基,並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。作為聚合性基,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、苯乙烯基等乙烯性不飽和基以及縮水甘油基等具有環氧基之基團。其中,作為聚合性基,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。Terminal isocyanate compounds can have polymerizable groups. There are no particular limitations on the polymerizable group; known polymerizable groups can be used, with free radical polymerizable groups being preferred. Examples of polymerizable groups include vinyl unsaturated groups such as (meth)acryloxy, (meth)acrylamine, and styrene, as well as epoxy groups such as glycidyl groups. Among these, vinyl unsaturated groups are preferred, (meth)acryloxy is more preferred, and acryloxy is even more preferred.
作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,能夠使用市售品。作為封端異氰酸酯化合物的市售品的例子,可以舉出Karenz(註冊商標)AOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BP等(以上為SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造)、封端型的Duranate系列(例如,Duranate(註冊商標)TPA-B80E、Duranate(註冊商標)WT32-B75P等,Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation製造)。又,作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,亦能夠使用下述結構的化合物。Commercially available products can be used as terminal-capped isocyanate compounds. Examples of commercially available terminal-capped isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP, etc. (all manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.), and the terminal-capped Duranat series (e.g., Duranat (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, Duranat (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation). Furthermore, compounds with the following structure can also be used as terminal-capped isocyanate compounds.
[化學式2] [Chemical Formula 2]
熱交聯性化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。當感光層包含熱交聯性化合物時,熱交聯性化合物的含量相對於感光層的總質量為1質量%~50質量%為較佳,5質量%~30質量%為更佳。A single thermal crosslinking compound can be used alone, or two or more can be used. When the photosensitive layer contains a thermal crosslinking compound, the content of the thermal crosslinking compound relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably 1% to 50% by mass, and 5% to 30% by mass is even better.
(其他成分) 感光層可以含有除上述鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、聚合起始劑、色素及熱交聯性化合物以外的其他成分。作為其他成分,例如可以舉出自由基聚合抑制劑、界面活性劑、增感劑、各種添加劑等。其他成分可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。(Other Components) The photosensitive layer may contain components other than the alkaline-soluble resins, polymerizable compounds, polymerization initiators, pigments, and thermally crosslinking compounds mentioned above. Examples of other components include free radical polymerization inhibitors, surfactants, sensitizers, and various additives. These other components may be used individually or in combination.
<自由基聚合抑制劑> 感光層可以包含自由基聚合抑制劑。作為自由基聚合抑制劑,例如可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的0018段落中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑。其中,啡噻𠯤、啡㗁𠯤或4-甲氧基苯酚為較佳。作為其他自由基聚合抑制劑,可以舉出萘胺、氯化銅(I)、亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽及二苯基亞硝基胺等。為了不損害感光層的靈敏度,將亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽用作自由基聚合抑制劑為較佳。<Free Radical Polymerization Inhibitor> The photosensitive layer may contain a free radical polymerization inhibitor. Examples of free radical polymerization inhibitors include the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. Among these, phenanthrene, phenanthrene, or 4-methoxyphenol are preferred. Other free radical polymerization inhibitors include naphthylamine, copper(I), aluminum nitrosophenylhydroxyamine, and diphenylnitrosamine. To avoid impairing the sensitivity of the photosensitive layer, aluminum nitrosophenylhydroxyamine is preferred as the free radical polymerization inhibitor.
自由基聚合抑制劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用兩種以上。當感光層包含自由基聚合抑制劑時,自由基聚合抑制劑的含量相對於感光層的總質量為0.001質量%~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3.0質量%為更佳,0.02質量%~2.0質量%為進一步較佳。又,自由基聚合抑制劑的含量相對於聚合性化合物的總質量為0.005質量%~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3.0質量%為更佳,0.01質量%~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。Free radical polymerization inhibitors can be used alone or in combination. When the photosensitive layer contains a free radical polymerization inhibitor, the content of the free radical polymerization inhibitor relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.001% to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01% to 3.0% by mass, and even more preferably 0.02% to 2.0% by mass. Furthermore, the content of the free radical polymerization inhibitor relative to the total mass of the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.005% to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01% to 3.0% by mass, and even more preferably 0.01% to 1.0% by mass.
-界面活性劑- 感光層包含界面活性劑為較佳。作為界面活性劑,例如可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的0017段落及日本特開2009-237362號公報的0060段落~0071段落中所記載之界面活性劑。又,作為界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑為較佳。-Surfactant- It is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a surfactant. Examples of surfactants include those described in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs 0060 to 0071 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2009-237362. Furthermore, nonionic surfactants, fluorinated surfactants, or silicone surfactants are preferred.
作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可以舉出MEGAFACE(商品名)F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-444、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP.MFS-330、EXP.MFS-578、EXP.MFS578-2、EXP.MFS-579、EXP.MFS-586、EXP.MFS-587、EXP.MFS-628、EXP.MFS-631、EXP.MFS-603、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、Fluorad(商品名)FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、Surflon(商品名)S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為AGC Inc.製造)、PolyFox(商品名)PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)、Ftergent(商品名)710FL、710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、681、683(以上為Neos Company Limited製造)、U-120E(Uni-chem Co.,Ltd.)等。又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物為具有包含含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基部分被切斷,從而氟原子揮發。作為這種氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE(商品名)DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日)),例如MEGAFACE(商品名)DS-21。Commercially available fluorinated surfactants include, for example, MEGAFACE (trade name) F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144, F-437, F-444, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, and F- 568, F-575, F-780, EXP.MFS-330, EXP.MFS-578, EXP.MFS578-2, EXP.MFS-579, EXP.MFS-586, EXP.MFS-587, EXP.MFS-628 , EXP.MFS-631, EXP.MFS-603, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (the above is DIC (Manufactured by Corporation), Fluorad (trade name) FC430, FC431, FC171 (all manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon (trade name) S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (all manufactured by AGC Inc.), PolyFox (trade name) PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (all manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions) Fluorinated surfactants include Ftergent (trade name) 710FL, 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F, 222F, 208G, 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, 681, 683 (all manufactured by Neos Company Limited), and U-120E (Uni-chem Co., Ltd.). Furthermore, fluorinated surfactants can also better utilize acrylic compounds, which have a molecular structure containing functional groups with fluorine atoms. When heated, these functional groups are cleaved, causing the fluorine atoms to volatilize. Examples of such fluorinated surfactants include the MEGAFACE (trade name) DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Kako Kogyo Nichijou (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Business Daily (February 23, 2016)), such as MEGAFACE (trade name) DS-21.
又,作為氟系界面活性劑,使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子之乙烯醚化合物與親水性乙烯醚化合物的聚合物亦為較佳。作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用封端聚合物。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含來自於具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元和來自於具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為乙烯氧基、丙烯氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元。作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物。可以舉出MEGAFACE(商品名)RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製造)等。作為氟系界面活性劑,例如亦可以使用具有碳數為7以上的直鏈狀全氟烷基之化合物。但是,從提高環境適性之觀點而言,作為氟系界面活性劑,使用全氟辛酸(PFOA)或全氟辛磺酸(PFOS)的代替材料為較佳。Furthermore, polymers containing fluorinated ethylene ether compounds with fluorinated alkyl or fluorinated alkyl ether groups and hydrophilic ethylene ether compounds are preferred as fluorinated surfactants. End-capped polymers can also be used as fluorinated surfactants. Fluorinated polymers containing fluorinated atoms, comprising (meth)acrylate compounds having fluorinated atoms and (meth)acrylate compounds having two or more (preferably five or more) alkoxy groups (preferably ethoxy or propyleneoxy), are also preferred as fluorinated surfactants. Fluorinated polymers having vinyl unsaturated groups in the side chains can also be used as fluorinated surfactants. Examples include MEGAFACE (trade name) RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, and RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation). As fluorinated surfactants, compounds with linear perfluoroalkyl groups having 7 or more carbon atoms can also be used. However, from the perspective of improving environmental adaptability, it is preferable to use perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) or perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOS) as alternatives to fluorinated surfactants.
作為非離子系界面活性劑,可以舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic(商品名)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上為BASF公司製造)、Tetronic(商品名)304、701、704、901、904、150R1、HYDROPALAT WE 3323(以上為BASF公司製造)、Solsperse(商品名)20000(以上為Lubrizol Japan Limited.製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、PIONIN(商品名)D-1105、D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上為Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、Olfine E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(以上為Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trihydroxymethylpropane, trihydroxymethylethane, and their ethoxylated and propoxylated derivatives (e.g., glycerol propoxylated, glycerol ethoxylated, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oil-based ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, dehydrated sorbitan fatty acid esters, Pluronic (trade name) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (all manufactured by BASF), Tetronic (trade name) 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1, and HYDROPALAT WE 3323 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Limited), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN D-1105, D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.
作為矽酮系界面活性劑,可以舉出由矽氧烷鍵構成之直鏈狀聚合物及在側鏈或末端導入有有機基之改質矽氧烷聚合物。作為矽酮系界面活性劑的具體例,可以舉出EXP.S-309-2、EXP.S-315、EXP.S-503-2、EXP.S-505-2(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、DOWSIL(商品名)8032 ADDITIVE、Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co.,Ltd.製造)以及X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie公司製造)等。Silicone-based surfactants include linear polymers composed of siloxane bonds and modified siloxane polymers with organic groups introduced into the side chains or ends. Specific examples of silicone-based surfactants include EXP.S-309-2, EXP.S-315, EXP.S-503-2, EXP.S-505-2 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), DOWSIL (trade name) 8032 ADDITIVE, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, and Toray Silicone SH8400 (manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Silicone). (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and X-22-4952, X-22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF-642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (manufactured by BYK...). (Manufactured by Chemie Corporation, etc.)
感光層可以單獨含有一種界面活性劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。界面活性劑的含量相對於感光層的總質量為0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。The photosensitive layer may contain only one type of surfactant or two or more types. The surfactant content relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.001% to 10% by mass, and even more preferably 0.01% to 3% by mass.
-增感劑- 感光層可以包含增感劑。增感劑並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的增感劑、染料及顏料。作為增感劑,例如可以舉出二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧蒽酮(xanthone)化合物、噻噸酮(thioxanthone)化合物、吖啶酮化合物、㗁唑化合物、苯并㗁唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物(例如,1,2,4-三唑)、茋化合物、三𠯤化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳基胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物。-Sensitizer- The photosensitive layer may contain a sensitizer. There are no particular limitations on the sensitizer; known sensitizers, dyes, and pigments can be used. Examples of sensitizers include, for instance, dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridinium compounds, acetazole compounds, benzo[a]acetazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzo[a]thiazole compounds, triazole compounds (e.g., 1,2,4-triazole), zirconia compounds, triazine compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalenedimethylimine compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoacridine compounds.
增感劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。當感光層包含增感劑時,增感劑的含量能夠根據目的適當選擇,但從提高對光源之靈敏度及藉由聚合速度與鏈轉移的平衡而提高硬化速度之觀點而言,相對於感光層的總質量為0.01質量%~5質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。Sensitizers can be used alone or in combination. When a photosensitive layer contains a sensitizer, the amount of sensitizer can be selected appropriately according to the purpose. However, from the perspective of improving the sensitivity to light sources and increasing the curing speed by balancing the polymerization rate and chain transfer, a content of 0.01% to 5% of the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferred, and 0.05% to 1% is even better.
-添加劑- 感光層除了上述成分以外,根據需要可以含有公知的添加劑。作為添加劑,例如可以舉出塑化劑、雜環狀化合物、苯并三唑類、羧基苯并三唑類、吡啶類(異菸鹼醯胺等)、嘌呤鹼(腺嘌呤等)及溶劑。感光層可以單獨含有一種各添加劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。-Additives- In addition to the components mentioned above, the photosensitive layer may contain known additives as needed. Examples of additives include plasticizers, heterocyclic compounds, benzotriazoles, carboxybenzotriazoles, pyridines (such as isoniazid amides), purine bases (such as adenine), and solvents. The photosensitive layer may contain one or more additives.
作為苯并三唑類,例如可以舉出1,2,3-苯并三唑、1-氯-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-甲苯基三唑、雙(N-2-羥基乙基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑等。Examples of benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole, and bis(N-2-hydroxyethyl)aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole.
作為羧基苯并三唑類,例如可以舉出4-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、5-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-羥基乙基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基伸乙基羧基苯并三唑等。作為羧基苯并三唑類,例如能夠使用CBT-1(JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.,商品名)等市售品。Examples of carboxybenzotriazoles include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N-(N,N-di-2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylene carboxybenzotriazole, N-(N,N-di-2-hydroxyethyl)aminomethylene carboxybenzotriazole, and N-(N,N-di-2-ethylhexyl)aminoethyl carboxybenzotriazole. Commercially available products such as CBT-1 (JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD., trade name) are also examples of carboxybenzotriazoles.
苯并三唑類及羧基苯并三唑類的合計含量相對於感光層的總質量為0.01質量%~3質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。從對感光層賦予保存穩定性之觀點而言,將上述含量設為0.01質量%以上為較佳。另一方面,從維持靈敏度並抑制染料的脫色之觀點而言,將上述含量設為3質量%以下為較佳。The combined content of benzotriazoles and carboxybenzotriazoles relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.01% to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% to 1% by mass. From the viewpoint of preserving the stability of the photosensitive layer, it is preferable to set the above content to 0.01% by mass or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of maintaining sensitivity and suppressing dye fading, it is preferable to set the above content to 3% by mass or less.
感光層可以含有選自包括塑化劑及雜環狀化合物之群組中之至少一種。 作為塑化劑及雜環狀化合物,可以舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的0097段落~0103段落及0111段落~0118段落中所記載之化合物。The photosensitive layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of plasticizers and heterocyclic compounds. Examples of plasticizers and heterocyclic compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0097 to 0103 and paragraphs 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.
感光層可以含有溶劑。當由包含溶劑之感光性樹脂組成物形成感光層時,有時溶劑會殘留於感光層中。Photosensitive layers may contain solvents. When a photosensitive layer is formed from a photosensitive resin composition containing solvent, sometimes solvent residue remains in the photosensitive layer.
又,感光層可以進一步含有金屬氧化物粒子、抗氧化劑、分散劑、酸增殖劑、顯影促進劑、導電性纖維、熱酸產生劑、紫外線吸收劑、增黏劑、交聯劑及有機或無機的沉澱防止劑等公知的添加劑。關於感光層中所包含之添加劑,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0165段落~0184段落中,該公報的內容被編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the photosensitive layer may further contain known additives such as metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid proliferators, developing agents, conductive fibers, thermal acid generators, ultraviolet absorbers, thickeners, crosslinking agents, and organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitors. The additives contained in the photosensitive layer are described in paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-85643, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
(雜質等) 感光層可以包含既定量的雜質。作為雜質的具體例,例如可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、錳、銅、鋁、鈦、鉻、鈷、鎳、鋅、錫、鹵素及該等的離子。其中,鹵化物離子、鈉離子及鉀離子容易以雜質形式混入,因此設為下述含量為較佳。(Impurities, etc.) The photosensitive layer may contain a certain amount of impurities. Specific examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogens, and their ions. Among these, halogen ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are easily mixed in as impurities, so the following contents are preferred.
感光層中之雜質的含量以質量基準計為80ppm以下為較佳,10ppm以下為更佳,2ppm以下為進一步較佳。雜質的含量以質量基準計,能夠設為1ppb以上,亦可以設為0.1ppm以上。The impurity content in the photosensitive layer is preferably below 80 ppm by mass, even better if it is below 10 ppm, and further preferably below 2 ppm by mass. The impurity content can be set to above 1 ppb by mass, or it can be set to above 0.1 ppm by mass.
作為將雜質設在上述範圍內之方法,可以舉出選擇雜質的含量少者作為組成物的原料、在製作感光層時防止雜質混入及清洗去除。藉由這種方法,能夠將雜質量設在上述範圍內。As a method to keep impurities within the aforementioned range, examples include selecting raw materials with low impurity content, preventing impurity contamination during the fabrication of the photosensitive layer, and cleaning to remove impurities. By using these methods, the amount of impurities can be kept within the aforementioned range.
雜質例如能夠利用ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma:感應耦合電漿)發光分光分析法、原子吸光分光法及離子層析法等公知的方法而進行定量。Impurities can be quantified using known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) luminescence spectrophotometry, atomic absorption spectrometry, and ion chromatography.
感光層中之苯、甲醛、三氯乙烯、1,3-丁二烯、四氯化碳、氯仿、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及己烷等化合物的含量少為較佳。作為該等化合物相對於感光層的總質量的含量以質量基準計為100ppm以下為較佳,20ppm以下為更佳,4ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限以質量基準計相對於感光層的總質量,能夠設為10ppb以上,亦能夠設為100ppb以上。該等化合物能夠利用與上述金屬的雜質相同的方法來抑制含量。又,能夠藉由公知的測定法來定量。It is preferable that the content of compounds such as benzene, formaldehyde, trichloroethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, and hexane in the photosensitive layer is low. The content of these compounds relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 20 ppm or less, and further preferably 4 ppm or less. The lower limit relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer can be set to 10 ppb or more, or 100 ppb or more. The content of these compounds can be suppressed using the same method as for impurities in the aforementioned metals. Furthermore, they can be quantified using known methods.
從提高可靠性及層壓性之觀點而言,感光層中之水的含量為0.01質量%~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~0.5質量%為更佳。From the perspective of improving reliability and lamination, the water content in the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.01% to 1.0% by mass, and even better is 0.05% to 0.5% by mass.
(殘餘單體) 感光層有時包含與上述鹼可溶性樹脂的各構成單元對應之殘餘單體。從圖案化性及可靠性的觀點而言,殘餘單體的含量相對於鹼可溶性樹脂的總質量為5,000質量ppm以下為較佳,2,000質量ppm以下為更佳,500質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並不受特別限制,但1質量ppm以上為較佳,10質量ppm以上為更佳。從圖案化性及可靠性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘餘單體相對於感光層的總質量為3,000質量ppm以下為較佳,600質量ppm以下為更佳,100質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並不受特別限制,但0.1質量ppm以上為較佳,1質量ppm以上為更佳。(Residual monomers) The photosensitive layer sometimes contains residual monomers corresponding to the constituent units of the aforementioned alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of patternability and reliability, it is preferable that the content of residual monomers relative to the total mass of the alkali-soluble resin is 5,000 ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 ppm or less, and even more preferably 500 ppm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 1 ppm or more is preferable, and 10 ppm or more is even more preferable. From the perspective of patternability and reliability, it is preferable that the residual monomers of each constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer be below 3,000 ppm, more preferably below 600 ppm, and even more preferably below 100 ppm. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but above 0.1 ppm is preferable, and above 1 ppm is even better.
藉由高分子反應合成鹼可溶性樹脂時的單體的殘餘單體量亦設在上述範圍內為較佳。例如,當使丙烯酸縮水甘油酯與羧酸側鏈進行反應而合成鹼可溶性樹脂時,將丙烯酸縮水甘油酯的含量設在上述範圍內為較佳。殘餘單體的量能夠利用液相層析及氣相層析等公知的方法而進行測定。When synthesizing alkali-soluble resins via polymer reactions, it is preferable that the residual monomer content be within the aforementioned range. For example, when synthesizing alkali-soluble resins by reacting glycidyl acrylate with a carboxylic acid side chain, it is preferable that the glycidyl acrylate content be within the aforementioned range. The amount of residual monomers can be determined using known methods such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.
[物性等] 從顯影性及解析性的觀點而言,感光層的厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,8μm以下為進一步較佳,5μm以下為特佳,1μm以上且5μm以下為最佳。感光層的厚度藉由遵照已敘述的暫時支撐體的厚度的計算方法之方法而計算出。[Physical Properties, etc.] From the viewpoint of development and resolution, a photosensitive layer thickness of 20 μm or less is preferred, 10 μm or less is even better, 8 μm or less is further better, 5 μm or less is particularly good, and 1 μm or more but less than 5 μm is optimal. The thickness of the photosensitive layer is calculated using the method described for calculating the thickness of the temporary support.
又,從密接性更優異的觀點而言,感光層的波長365nm的光的透射率為10%以上為較佳,30%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,但99.9%以下為較佳。Furthermore, from the perspective of superior adhesion, a transmittance of 10% or higher for light with a wavelength of 365nm in the photosensitive layer is preferable, 30% or higher is even better, and 50% or higher is even better. There is no particular upper limit, but 99.9% or lower is preferred.
[形成方法] 感光層的形成方法只要為能夠形成含有上述成分之層之方法,則不受特別限制。作為感光層的形成方法,例如可以舉出藉由如下步驟而形成之方法:製備含有鹼可溶性樹脂、乙烯性不飽和化合物、光聚合起始劑及溶劑等之感光性樹脂組成物,在暫時支撐體等的表面塗佈感光性樹脂組成物,並對感光性樹脂組成物的塗膜進行乾燥。從控制感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra之觀點而言,感光層為在暫時支撐體的表面塗佈感光性樹脂組成物而形成為較佳。作為感光性樹脂組成物的塗膜的乾燥方法,加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥為較佳。另外,在本揭示中,“乾燥”係指去除組成物中所包含之溶劑的至少一部分。作為乾燥方法,例如可以舉出自然乾燥、加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥。上述方法能夠單獨適用或者組合適用複數種。作為乾燥溫度,80℃以上為較佳,90℃以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值,130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。亦能夠連續地改變溫度而進行乾燥。作為乾燥時間,20秒以上為較佳,40秒以上為更佳,60秒以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值,並不受特別限定,但600秒以下為較佳,300秒以下為更佳。[Forming Method] The method for forming the photosensitive layer is not particularly limited as long as it is capable of forming a layer containing the above-mentioned components. For example, a method for forming the photosensitive layer can be described by the following steps: preparing a photosensitive resin composition containing an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylene-unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent; coating the photosensitive resin composition onto the surface of a temporary support or similar structure; and drying the coating of the photosensitive resin composition. From the viewpoint of controlling the roughness Ra of the first surface of the photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer is formed by coating the surface of a temporary support with the photosensitive resin composition. As a drying method for a coating of photosensitive resin composition, heating drying and depressurization drying are preferred. Furthermore, in this disclosure, "drying" refers to the removal of at least a portion of the solvent contained in the composition. Examples of drying methods include natural drying, heating drying, and depressurization drying. These methods can be used individually or in combination. As a drying temperature, 80°C or higher is preferred, and 90°C or higher is more preferred. Furthermore, as an upper limit, 130°C or lower is preferred, and 120°C or lower is more preferred. Drying can also be performed by continuously changing the temperature. As a drying time, 20 seconds or more is preferred, 40 seconds or more is more preferred, and 60 seconds or more is further preferred. Furthermore, as for its upper limit, it is not specifically limited, but 600 seconds or less is better, and 300 seconds or less is even better.
作為感光層的形成中所使用之感光性樹脂組成物,例如可以舉出含有鹼可溶性樹脂、乙烯性不飽和化合物、光聚合起始劑、上述任意成分及溶劑之組成物。為了調節感光性樹脂組成物的黏度並使得容易形成感光層,感光性樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。Photosensitive resin compositions used in the formation of the photosensitive layer may include, for example, compositions containing an alkaline-soluble resin, an ethylene-unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator, any of the above components, and a solvent. It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition contains a solvent to adjust the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition and facilitate the formation of the photosensitive layer.
作為感光性樹脂組成物中所含有之溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散鹼可溶性樹脂、乙烯性不飽和化合物、光聚合起始劑及上述任意成分,則不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的溶劑。作為溶劑,例如可以舉出伸烷基二醇醚溶劑、伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑、醇溶劑(例如,甲醇及乙醇等)、酮溶劑(例如,丙酮及甲基乙基酮等)、芳香族烴溶劑(例如,甲苯等)、非質子性極性溶劑(例如,N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等)、環狀醚溶劑(例如,四氫呋喃等)、酯溶劑、醯胺溶劑、內酯溶劑以及包含該等中的兩種以上之混合溶劑。感光性樹脂組成物含有選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種為較佳。其中,包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種和選自包括酮溶劑及環狀醚溶劑之群組中之至少一種之混合溶劑為更佳,至少包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種、酮溶劑以及環狀醚溶劑這三種之混合溶劑為進一步較佳。As a solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition, there are no particular limitations as long as it can dissolve or disperse the alkaline soluble resin, the vinyl unsaturated compound, the photopolymerization initiator, and any of the above components; any known solvent can be used. Examples of solvents include alkyl glycol ether solvents, alkyl glycol ether acetate solvents, alcohol solvents (e.g., methanol and ethanol), ketone solvents (e.g., acetone and methyl ethyl ketone), aromatic hydrocarbon solvents (e.g., toluene), aprotic polar solvents (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide), cyclic ether solvents (e.g., tetrahydrofuran), ester solvents, amide solvents, lactone solvents, and mixed solvents containing two or more of these. The photosensitive resin composition preferably contains at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of alkyl glycol ether solvents and alkyl glycol ether acetate solvents. More preferably, it contains a mixed solvent consisting of at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of alkyl glycol ether solvents and alkyl glycol ether acetate solvents and at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and cyclic ether solvents. It is further preferred that it contains at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of alkyl glycol ether solvents and alkyl glycol ether acetate solvents, a ketone solvent, and a cyclic ether solvent.
作為伸烷基二醇醚溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚、乙二醇二烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚、丙二醇二烷基醚、二乙二醇二烷基醚、二丙二醇單烷基醚及二丙二醇二烷基醚。作為伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯及二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯。作為溶劑,亦可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0092段落~0094段落中所記載之溶劑及日本特開2018-177889公報的0014段落中所記載之溶劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Examples of alkyl glycol ether solvents include, for example, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, propylene glycol dialkyl ethers, diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers. Examples of alkyl glycol ether acetate solvents include, for example, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate. Solvents described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and paragraph 0014 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-177889 may also be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
感光性樹脂組成物可以單獨含有一種溶劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。塗佈感光性樹脂組成物時的溶劑的含量相對於感光性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分100質量份為50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。Photosensitive resin compositions may contain only one solvent or two or more solvents. When applying a photosensitive resin composition, the solvent content relative to 100 parts by weight of the total solids in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 50 parts by weight to 1,900 parts by weight, and more preferably 100 parts by weight to 900 parts by weight.
感光性樹脂組成物的製備方法並不受特別限制,例如可以舉出藉由預先製備將各成分溶解於上述溶劑而成之溶液,並將所得到之溶液以既定的比例進行混合而製備感光性樹脂組成物之方法。感光性樹脂組成物在形成感光層之前使用孔徑0.2μm~30μm的過濾器進行過濾為較佳。The preparation method of the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited. For example, a method can be given by pre-preparing a solution in which each component is dissolved in the above-mentioned solvent, and then mixing the resulting solutions in a predetermined ratio to prepare the photosensitive resin composition. It is preferable to filter the photosensitive resin composition using a filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm to 30 μm before forming the photosensitive layer.
感光性樹脂組成物的塗佈方法並不受特別限制,利用公知的方法塗佈即可。作為塗佈方法,例如可以舉出狹縫塗佈、旋塗、簾式塗佈及噴墨塗佈。又,感光層可以藉由將感光性樹脂組成物塗佈於後述的保護膜上並進行乾燥而形成。The application method of the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited, and any known method can be used. Examples of application methods include slit application, spin coating, curtain coating, and inkjet coating. Furthermore, the photosensitive layer can be formed by applying the photosensitive resin composition onto the protective film described later and then drying it.
《保護膜》 本揭示的一實施形態之轉印材料包括保護膜作為與暫時支撐體側相反的一側的最外層為較佳。又,保護膜與感光層的和與暫時支撐體接觸之面相反的一側的面接觸為較佳。The protective film, in one embodiment of the transfer material disclosed herein, is preferably the outermost layer on the side opposite to the temporary support. Furthermore, it is preferable that the protective film contacts both the photosensitive layer and the side opposite to the contact surface with the temporary support.
作為構成保護膜之材料,可以舉出樹脂薄膜及紙,從強度及可撓性的觀點而言,樹脂薄膜為較佳。作為樹脂薄膜,可以舉出聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜、聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。其中,聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜或聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜為較佳。Materials used to construct protective films include resin films and paper; from the perspective of strength and flexibility, resin films are preferred. Examples of resin films include polyethylene films, polypropylene films, polyethylene terephthalate films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films, and polycarbonate films. Among these, polyethylene films, polypropylene films, or polyethylene terephthalate films are preferred.
保護膜的厚度(層厚)並不受特別限制,但1μm~100μm為較佳,5μm~50μm為更佳,5μm~40μm為進一步較佳,15μm~30μm為特佳。又,從解析性更優異的觀點而言,保護膜的與感光層接觸之面(以下,亦簡稱為“保護膜的表面”)的算術平均粗糙度Ra值為0.3μm以下為較佳,0.1μm以下為更佳,0.05μm以下為進一步較佳。可以認為其原因在於,若保護膜的表面的Ra值在上述範圍內,則感光層及所形成之樹脂圖案的層厚的均勻性提高。保護膜的表面的Ra值的下限並不受特別限制,但0.001μm以上為較佳。The thickness (layer thickness) of the protective film is not particularly limited, but 1 μm to 100 μm is preferred, 5 μm to 50 μm is more preferred, 5 μm to 40 μm is even more preferred, and 15 μm to 30 μm is particularly preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of superior resolution, it is preferred that the arithmetic mean roughness Ra value of the surface of the protective film in contact with the photosensitive layer (hereinafter also referred to as the "surface of the protective film") be 0.3 μm or less, 0.1 μm or less is more preferred, and 0.05 μm or less is even more preferred. This is because if the Ra value of the protective film surface is within the above range, the uniformity of the thickness of the photosensitive layer and the formed resin pattern is improved. The lower limit of the Ra value of the protective film surface is not particularly limited, but values above 0.001 μm are preferred.
保護膜的表面的Ra值利用以下方法而進行測定。使用三維光學輪廓儀(New View7300,Zygo公司製造)在以下條件下測定保護膜的表面而得到光學膜的表面輪廓。作為測定/分析軟體,使用MetroPro ver8.3.2的Microscope Application。接著,利用上述分析軟體顯示Surface Map畫面,在Surface Map畫面中得到直方圖資料。根據所得到之直方圖資料計算出算術平均粗糙度,從而得到保護膜的表面的Ra值。當保護膜貼合於轉印材料時,從轉印材料剝離保護膜並測定剝離側的表面的Ra值即可。The Ra value of the protective film surface was measured using the following method. The surface profile of the optical film was obtained by measuring the surface of the protective film under the following conditions using a 3D optical profilometer (New View 7300, manufactured by Zygo). The Microscope Application of MetroPro ver 8.3.2 was used as the measurement/analysis software. Next, a Surface Map was displayed using the aforementioned analysis software, and histogram data was obtained from the Surface Map. The arithmetic mean roughness was calculated based on the obtained histogram data, thereby obtaining the Ra value of the protective film surface. When the protective film was adhered to the transfer material, it was peeled off from the transfer material, and the Ra value of the peeled-off surface was measured.
此外,藉由將保護膜貼合於感光層等,能夠製造轉印材料。將保護膜貼合於感光層等之方法並不受特別限制,可以舉出公知的方法。作為將保護膜貼合於感光層之裝置,可以舉出真空層壓機及自動切割層壓機等公知的層壓機。層壓機為具備橡膠輥等任意的能夠加熱之輥且能夠加壓及加熱者為較佳。Furthermore, transfer materials can be manufactured by laminating a protective film onto a photosensitive layer, etc. The method of laminating the protective film onto the photosensitive layer, etc., is not particularly limited, and known methods can be cited. Known laminators such as vacuum laminators and automatic cutting laminators can be cited as devices for laminating the protective film onto the photosensitive layer. It is preferable to use a laminator equipped with any heatable rollers, such as rubber rollers, and capable of both pressurization and heating.
《折射率調整層》 本揭示的一實施形態之轉印材料可以包含折射率調整層(亦即,對比度增強層)。關於對比度增強層,記載於國際公開第2018/179640號的0134段落中。又,關於其他層,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0194段落~0196段落中。該等公報的內容被編入本說明書中。Refractive Index Adjustment Layer One embodiment of the transfer material disclosed herein may include a refractive index adjustment layer (i.e., a contrast enhancement layer). The contrast enhancement layer is described in paragraph 0134 of International Publication No. 2018/179640. Other layers are described in paragraphs 0194 to 0196 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-85643. The contents of these publications are incorporated herein by reference.
從解析性及與基板的密接性的觀點而言,轉印材料中之除暫時支撐體及保護膜以外之各層的總厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,8μm以下為進一步較佳,2μm以上8μm以下為特佳。From the perspective of resolution and adhesion to the substrate, it is preferable that the total thickness of all layers in the transfer material, excluding the temporary support and the protective film, is less than 20 μm, even better than 10 μm, further better than 8 μm, and especially better than 2 μm and less than 8 μm.
《暫時支撐體、感光層及保護膜的關係》 在本揭示的一實施形態之轉印材料中,使感光層硬化而成之硬化膜在120℃之斷裂伸長率為15%以上,暫時支撐體的感光層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為50nm以下,保護膜的感光層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為150nm以下為較佳。"Relationship between Temporary Support, Photosensitive Layer and Protective Film" In the transfer material of one embodiment disclosed herein, it is preferable that the hardened film formed by hardening the photosensitive layer has an elongation at break of 15% or more at 120°C, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer side surface of the temporary support is 50 nm or less, and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer side surface of the protective film is 150 nm or less.
又,本揭示之轉印材料滿足下述式(R1)為較佳。 X×Y<1,500:式(R1) 其中,上述式(R1)中,X表示使感光層硬化而成之硬化膜在120℃之斷裂伸長率的值(%),Y表示暫時支撐體的感光層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的值(nm)。X×Y為750以下為更佳。Furthermore, the transfer material disclosed herein preferably satisfies the following formula (R1): X×Y < 1,500: Formula (R1) Wherein, in the above formula (R1), X represents the elongation at break (%) of the hardened film formed by curing the photosensitive layer at 120°C, and Y represents the arithmetic mean roughness Ra (nm) of the surface of the photosensitive layer side of the temporary support. X×Y being 750 or less is more preferred.
相對於使感光層硬化而成之硬化膜在23℃之斷裂伸長率,在120℃之斷裂伸長率大2倍以上為較佳。斷裂伸長率藉由使用硬化膜並利用拉伸試驗而測定,該硬化膜為將厚度20μm的感光層利用超高壓水銀燈以120mJ/cm2曝光而硬化之後,用高壓水銀燈以400mJ/cm2進一步追加曝光,並且在145℃加熱30分鐘之後的硬化膜。Compared to the elongation at break of a hardened film formed by curing the photosensitive layer at 23°C, it is preferable to have an elongation at break of more than twice that at 120°C. The elongation at break is determined by using a hardened film and conducting a tensile test. The hardened film is formed by curing a 20μm thick photosensitive layer by exposure to an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp at 120mJ/ cm² , followed by further exposure to a high pressure mercury lamp at 400mJ/ cm² , and then heating at 145°C for 30 minutes.
又,本揭示之轉印材料滿足下述式(R2)為較佳。 A. Y≤Z:式(R2) 其中,上述式(R2)中,Y表示暫時支撐體的感光層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的值(nm),Z表示保護膜的感光層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的值(nm)。Furthermore, it is preferable that the transfer material disclosed herein satisfies the following formula (R2). A. Y≤Z: Formula (R2) Wherein, in the above formula (R2), Y represents the value (nm) of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the photosensitive layer side of the temporary support, and Z represents the value (nm) of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the photosensitive layer side of the protective film.
《轉印材料之製造方法》 本揭示之轉印材料之製造方法並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知之製造方法例如公知的各層的形成方法。以下,參閱圖1對本揭示之轉印材料之製造方法進行說明。但是,本揭示之轉印材料並不限於具有圖1所示之構成者。The manufacturing method of the transfer material disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and known manufacturing methods, such as known methods for forming each layer, can be used. Hereinafter, the manufacturing method of the transfer material disclosed herein will be described with reference to FIG1. However, the transfer material disclosed herein is not limited to having the structure shown in FIG1.
作為轉印材料100之製造方法,例如可以舉出包括如下步驟之方法:在暫時支撐體10的表面塗佈包含鹼可溶性樹脂及乙烯性不飽和化合物之感光性樹脂組成物之後,使感光性樹脂組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成感光層20。在上述製造方法中,使用包含鹼可溶性樹脂、乙烯性不飽和化合物及選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種之感光性樹脂組成物為較佳。As a method for manufacturing the transfer material 100, an example method may include the following steps: after coating the surface of the temporary support 10 with a photosensitive resin composition comprising an alkali-soluble resin and an ethylene-unsaturated compound, the photosensitive resin composition is dried to form a photosensitive layer 20. In the above manufacturing method, it is preferable to use a photosensitive resin composition comprising an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylene-unsaturated compound, and at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl glycol ether solvents and alkyl glycol ether acetate solvents.
使保護膜30壓接於藉由上述製造方法而製造之積層體的感光層20上,藉此製造轉印材料100。作為本揭示中所使用之轉印材料之製造方法,藉由包括以與感光層20中的與設置有暫時支撐體10之一側相反的一側的面接觸之方式設置保護膜30之步驟而製造具備暫時支撐體10、感光層20及保護膜30之轉印材料100為較佳。藉由上述製造方法而製造轉印材料100之後,可以藉由捲取轉印材料100而製作及保管輥形態的轉印材料。輥形態的轉印材料能夠以該形態直接提供到後述的以輥對輥(roll to roll)方式與基板貼合之步驟。The protective film 30 is pressed onto the photosensitive layer 20 of the laminate manufactured by the above-described manufacturing method, thereby producing the transfer material 100. As a method for manufacturing the transfer material used in this disclosure, it is preferable to manufacture the transfer material 100 having the temporary support 10, the photosensitive layer 20, and the protective film 30 by including a step of disposing the protective film 30 in contact with the surface of the photosensitive layer 20 opposite to the side where the temporary support 10 is disposed. After the transfer material 100 is manufactured by the above-described manufacturing method, a roll-shaped transfer material can be produced and stored by rolling the transfer material 100. The roll-shaped transfer material can be directly supplied in this form to the roll-to-roll bonding step described later.
本揭示的一實施方式之轉印材料能夠較佳地用於需要基於光微影之精密微細加工之各種用途。將感光層進行圖案化之後,可以將感光層作為被膜進行蝕刻,亦可以進行以電鍍為主體之電鑄。又,藉由圖案化而得到之硬化膜可以用作永久膜,例如可以用作層間絕緣膜、配線保護膜、具有折射率匹配層之配線保護膜等。又,本揭示的一實施形態之轉印材料能夠較佳地用於半導體封裝、印刷基板、感測器基板的各種配線形成用途、觸控面板、電磁波屏蔽材料、薄膜加熱器之類的導電性薄膜、液晶密封材料、微機械或微電子領域中的結構物的形成等用途。The transfer material of one embodiment disclosed herein is preferably used in various applications requiring precision microfabrication based on photolithography. After patterning the photosensitive layer, it can be etched as a film or electroformed using electroplating as the main process. Furthermore, the hardened film obtained by patterning can be used as a permanent film, for example, as an interlayer insulating film, a wiring protection film, or a wiring protection film with a refractive index matching layer. Moreover, the transfer material of one embodiment disclosed herein is preferably used in various wiring formation applications in semiconductor packaging, printed circuit boards, and sensor substrates, as well as in touch panels, electromagnetic wave shielding materials, conductive films such as thin-film heaters, liquid crystal sealing materials, and the formation of structures in the fields of micromechanics or microelectronics.
又,本揭示的一實施形態之轉印材料亦可以較佳地舉出感光層包含顏料之著色樹脂層的態樣。作為著色樹脂層的用途,除了上述以外,例如適用於形成液晶顯示裝置(LCD)以及固體攝像元件〔例如,CCD(charge-coupled device:電荷耦合元件)及CMOS(complementary metal oxide semiconductor:互補式金屬氧化物半導體)〕中所使用之濾色器等的著色像素或黑矩陣之用途。近年來,電子設備所具有之液晶顯示窗上有時為了保護液晶顯示窗而安裝有在透明的玻璃基板等的背面周緣部形成有黑色的框狀遮光層之蓋玻璃(cover glass)。為了形成這種遮光層,能夠使用著色樹脂層。關於著色樹脂層中之除顏料以外的態樣,與上述態樣相同。Furthermore, the transfer material of one embodiment disclosed herein can also preferably be exemplified as a colored resin layer in which the photosensitive layer contains pigment. In addition to the above-mentioned applications, the colored resin layer is suitable for, for example, forming colored pixels or black matrices in color filters used in liquid crystal display devices (LCDs) and solid-state imaging elements (e.g., CCDs and CMOS). In recent years, electronic devices sometimes have cover glass with a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer formed on the back periphery of a transparent glass substrate or the like to protect the liquid crystal display window. A colored resin layer can be used to form this light-shielding layer. The state of the colored resin layer, excluding the pigment, is the same as described above.
作為著色樹脂層中所使用之顏料,只要根據所期望的色相適當選擇即可,能夠從黑色顏料、白色顏料、除黑色及白色以外的彩色顏料中進行選擇。其中,當形成黑色系的圖案時,作為顏料,較佳地選擇黑色顏料。As for the pigments used in the coloring resin layer, they can be selected appropriately according to the desired hue, and can be chosen from black pigments, white pigments, and colored pigments other than black and white. Among them, when forming a black pattern, black pigment is the better choice.
作為黑色顏料,只要在不損害本揭示中之效果之範圍內,則能夠適當選擇公知的黑色顏料(有機顏料或無機顏料等)。其中,從光學濃度的觀點而言,作為黑色顏料,例如可以較佳地舉出碳黑、氧化鈦、碳化鈦、氧化鐵及石墨等,碳黑為特佳。作為碳黑,從表面電阻的觀點而言,表面的至少一部分被樹脂包覆之碳黑為較佳。As a black pigment, any known black pigment (organic or inorganic pigment, etc.) can be appropriately selected, provided it does not impair the effects described herein. From the viewpoint of optical concentration, carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, and graphite are preferred black pigments, with carbon black being particularly advantageous. From the viewpoint of surface resistance, carbon black with at least a portion of its surface coated with resin is preferred.
從分散穩定性的觀點而言,黑色顏料的粒徑以數量平均粒徑計為0.001μm~0.1μm為較佳,0.01μm~0.08μm為更佳。在此,粒徑係指根據用電子顯微鏡拍攝之顏料粒子的照片圖像求出顏料粒子的面積時考慮與顏料粒子的面積相同面積的圓時的圓的直徑,數量平均粒徑為對任意100個粒子求出上述粒徑,並將所求出之100個粒徑進行平均而得到之平均值。From the perspective of dispersion stability, the particle size of black pigment is preferably 0.001 μm to 0.1 μm, and even more preferably 0.01 μm to 0.08 μm, based on the number average particle size. Here, particle size refers to the diameter of a circle with the same area as the pigment particle when calculating the area of the pigment particle from an electron microscope photograph. The number average particle size is the average value obtained by averaging the above particle size for any 100 particles.
作為除黑色顏料以外的顏料,關於白色顏料,能夠使用日本特開2005-007765號公報的0015段落及0114段落中所記載之白色顏料。具體而言,在白色顏料之中,作為無機顏料,氧化鈦、氧化鋅、鋅鋇白、輕質碳酸鈣、白碳、氧化鋁、氫氧化鋁或硫酸鋇為較佳,氧化鈦或氧化鋅為更佳,氧化鈦為進一步較佳。作為無機顏料,金紅石型或銳鈦礦型的氧化鈦為進一步較佳,金紅石型的氧化鈦為特佳。又,氧化鈦的表面可以實施二氧化矽處理、氧化鋁處理、二氧化鈦處理、二氧化鋯處理或有機物處理,亦可以實施兩種以上的處理。藉此,氧化鈦的觸媒活性得到抑制,耐熱性及褪光性等得到改善。從減薄加熱後的感光層的厚度之觀點而言,作為對氧化鈦的表面之表面處理,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理中的至少一者為較佳,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理這兩者為特佳。Regarding white pigments other than black pigments, the white pigments described in paragraphs 0015 and 0114 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2005-007765 may be used. Specifically, among white pigments, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zinc barium white, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, or barium sulfate are preferred as inorganic pigments, with titanium oxide or zinc oxide being more preferred, and titanium oxide being even more preferred. As inorganic pigments, rutile or anatase-type titanium oxide is even more preferred, and rutile-type titanium oxide is particularly preferred. Furthermore, the surface of titanium oxide can be treated with silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, titanium dioxide, zirconium dioxide, or organic materials, or two or more of these treatments can be applied. This suppresses the catalytic activity of titanium oxide and improves its heat resistance and fading properties. From the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the heated photosensitive layer, at least one of aluminum oxide treatment and zirconium dioxide treatment is preferred for the surface treatment of titanium oxide, with both aluminum oxide treatment and zirconium dioxide treatment being particularly preferred.
又,當感光層為著色樹脂層時,從轉印性的觀點而言,感光層進一步包含除黑色顏料及白色顏料以外的彩色顏料亦為較佳。當包含彩色顏料時,作為彩色顏料的粒徑,在分散性更優異的觀點上,0.1μm以下為較佳,0.08μm以下為更佳。作為彩色顏料,例如可以舉出維多利亞純藍BO(Color Index(比色指數)(以下C.I.)42595)、金黃胺(C.I.41000)、脂肪黑(fat black)HB(C.I.26150)、莫諾萊特黃(monolight yellow)GT(C.I.顏料黃12)、永久黃(permanent yellow)GR(C.I.顏料黃17)、永久黃HR(C.I.顏料黃83)、永久胭脂紅(permanent carmine)FBB(C.I.顏料紅146)、赫斯塔巴姆紅(hostaperm red)ESB(C.I.顏料紫19)、永久寶石紅(permanent ruby)FBH(C.I.顏料紅11)、法斯特爾粉紅(pastel pink)B司普拉(supura)(C.I.顏料紅81)、莫納斯特拉堅牢藍(monastral fast blue)(C.I.顏料藍15)、莫諾萊特堅牢黑B(C.I.顏料黑1)及碳、C.I.顏料紅97、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅180、C.I.顏料紅192、C.I.顏料紅215、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64及C.I.顏料紫23等。其中,C.I.顏料紅177為較佳。Furthermore, when the photosensitive layer is a colored resin layer, from the viewpoint of transferability, it is preferable for the photosensitive layer to further include colored pigments other than black and white pigments. When colored pigments are included, from the viewpoint of better dispersibility, a particle size of 0.1 μm or less is preferable, and 0.08 μm or less is even better. As color pigments, examples include Victoria Blue BO (Color Index 42595), Auramine (C.I. 41000), Fat Black HB (C.I. 26150), Monolight Yellow GT (C.I. Pigment Yellow 12), Permanent Yellow GR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 17), Permanent Yellow HR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 83), Permanent Carmine FBB (C.I. Pigment Red 146), Hostaperm Red ESB (C.I. Pigment Violet 19), Permanent Ruby FBH (C.I. Pigment Red 11), and Pastel Pink. Pink) B Supura (C.I. Pigment Red 81), Monastral Fast Blue (C.I. Pigment Blue 15), Monolight Fast Black B (C.I. Pigment Black 1), and Carbon, C.I. Pigment Red 97, C.I. Pigment Red 122, C.I. Pigment Red 149, C.I. Pigment Red 168, C.I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. Pigment Red 180, C.I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:1, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. Pigment Blue 64, and C.I. Pigment Violet 23, etc. Among them, C.I. Pigment Red 177 is better.
當感光層包含顏料時,作為顏料的含量,相對於感光層的總質量,超過3質量%且40質量%以下為較佳,超過3質量%且35質量%以下為更佳,超過5質量%且35質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以上且35質量%以下為特佳。When the photosensitive layer contains pigments, the pigment content relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably more than 3% and less than 40% by mass, even better is more than 3% and less than 35% by mass, further better is more than 5% and less than 35% by mass, and best is more than 10% and less than 35% by mass.
當感光層包含除黑色顏料以外的顏料(白色顏料及彩色顏料)時,除黑色顏料以外的顏料的含量相對於黑色顏料為30質量%以下為較佳,1質量%~20質量%為更佳,3質量%~15質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive layer contains pigments other than black pigment (white pigment and colored pigment), it is better for the content of pigments other than black pigment to be less than 30% by mass, 1% to 20% by mass is better, and 3% to 15% by mass is even better.
另外,當感光層包含黑色顏料且感光層由感光性樹脂組成物形成時,黑色顏料(較佳為碳黑)以顏料分散液的形態導入到感光性樹脂組成物中為較佳。分散液可以為藉由將預先混合黑色顏料和顏料分散劑而得到之混合物加入到有機溶劑(或媒液(vehicle))中並且用分散機使其分散而製備者。顏料分散劑只要根據顏料及溶劑選擇即可,例如能夠使用市售的分散劑。另外,媒液係指製成顏料分散液時使顏料分散之媒質的部分,其為液狀,包含將黑色顏料以分散狀態進行保持之黏合劑成分和溶解及稀釋黏合劑成分之溶劑成分(有機溶劑)。Furthermore, when the photosensitive layer contains black pigment and is formed of a photosensitive resin composition, it is preferable that the black pigment (preferably carbon black) be introduced into the photosensitive resin composition in the form of a pigment dispersion. The dispersion can be prepared by adding a mixture of pre-mixed black pigment and a pigment dispersant to an organic solvent (or vehicle) and dispersing it using a disperser. The pigment dispersant can be selected based on the pigment and solvent; for example, commercially available dispersants can be used. The vehicle refers to the medium that disperses the pigment during the preparation of the pigment dispersion; it is liquid and includes a binder component that maintains the black pigment in a dispersed state and a solvent component (organic solvent) that dissolves and dilutes the binder component.
作為分散機,並沒有特別限制,例如可以舉出捏合機、輥磨機、磨碎機(attritor)、超級研磨機(super mill)、溶解器(dissolver)、均質混合器(homo mixer)及砂磨機(sand mill)等公知的分散機。此外,亦可以藉由機械式磨碎,利用摩擦力進行微粉碎。關於分散機及微粉碎,能夠參閱“顏料詞典”(朝倉邦造著,第一版,朝倉書店,2000年,438頁,310頁)的記載。There are no particular limitations on what a dispersant can be; examples include well-known dispersants such as kneaders, roller mills, attritors, super mills, dissolvers, homogenizers, and sand mills. Additionally, mechanical grinding can be used to achieve micronization through friction. For more information on dispersants and micronization, please refer to the "Pigment Dictionary" (Kunizo Asakura, 1st edition, Asakura Shoten, 2000, pp. 438, 310).
<積層體之製造方法> 本揭示的一實施形態之積層體之製造方法依序包括如下步驟:將包括暫時支撐體及與上述暫時支撐體接觸之感光層之轉印材料與基板進行貼合而在上述基板上依序配置上述感光層及上述暫時支撐體(以下,有時稱為“貼合步驟”。);從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體(以下,有時稱為“剝離步驟”。);及對因上述暫時支撐體的剝離而露出之上述感光層實施曝光處理及顯影處理而形成圖案(以下,有時稱為“圖案形成步驟”。),藉由從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體而露出之上述感光層的表面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上。在本揭示的一實施形態之積層體之製造方法中,作為轉印材料,適用在上述“轉印材料”項中所說明之轉印材料為較佳。又,在圖案形成步驟中所得到之圖案的至少一部分包含線與空間圖案為較佳。線與空間圖案中之至少1組線及空間的寬度合計為20μm以下為較佳。<Manufacturing Method of a Laminate> A method for manufacturing a laminate according to an embodiment disclosed herein includes the following steps in sequence: bonding a transfer material comprising a temporary support and a photosensitive layer in contact with the temporary support to a substrate; sequentially disposing the photosensitive layer and the temporary support on the substrate (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as the "bonding step"); and peeling the temporary support from the photosensitive layer. The process involves peeling off a body (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "peeling step"); and applying exposure and development processing to the photosensitive layer exposed by peeling off the temporary support body to form a pattern (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "pattern forming step"). The surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed by peeling off the temporary support body is 2 nm or more. In the manufacturing method of the laminate in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the transfer material described in the "transfer material" section above is preferably used as the transfer material. Furthermore, it is preferable that at least a portion of the pattern obtained in the pattern forming step includes a line and a spatial pattern. It is preferable that the combined width of at least one set of lines and spaces in the line and spatial pattern is 20 μm or less.
《貼合步驟》 在貼合步驟中,將包括暫時支撐體及與暫時支撐體接觸之感光層之轉印材料與基板進行貼合而在基板上依序配置感光層及暫時支撐體。當在基板的表面設置有導電層時,將轉印材料與基板的導電層進行貼合為較佳。轉印材料與基板的貼合包括使轉印材料與基板壓接為較佳。由於轉印材料與基板的密接性提高,因此曝光及顯影後的形成有圖案之感光層能夠較佳地用作對導電層進行蝕刻時的蝕刻阻劑。另外,當轉印材料具備保護膜時,去除保護膜之後進行貼合即可。In the bonding step, a transfer material including a temporary support and a photosensitive layer in contact with the temporary support is bonded to the substrate. The photosensitive layer and the temporary support are sequentially disposed on the substrate. When a conductive layer is provided on the surface of the substrate, it is preferable to bond the transfer material to the conductive layer of the substrate. Bonding the transfer material to the substrate preferably involves pressing the transfer material to the substrate. Because the adhesion between the transfer material and the substrate is improved, the patterned photosensitive layer after exposure and development can be better used as an etching resist during the etching of the conductive layer. Furthermore, when the transfer material has a protective film, the protective film can be removed before bonding.
作為將轉印材料與基板壓接之方法,並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的轉印方法及層壓方法。轉印材料與基板的貼合藉由使轉印材料與基板疊置並使用輥等機構實施加壓及加熱而進行為較佳。貼合中能夠使用層壓機、真空層壓機及能夠進一步提高生產性之自動切割層壓機等公知的層壓機。作為層壓溫度,並不受特別限制,但例如為70℃~130℃為較佳。The method for bonding the transfer material to the substrate is not particularly limited, and known transfer and lamination methods can be used. It is preferable to bond the transfer material to the substrate by stacking the transfer material and the substrate and applying pressure and heat using a mechanism such as rollers. Known laminators such as laminators, vacuum laminators, and automated cutting laminators that can further improve productivity can be used for lamination. The lamination temperature is not particularly limited, but for example, 70°C to 130°C is preferred.
包括貼合步驟之積層體之製造方法藉由輥對輥方式進行為較佳。以下,對輥對輥方式進行說明。輥對輥方式係指如下方式:作為基板而使用能夠進行捲取及捲出之基板,在積層體之製造方法中所包括之任一步驟之前,包括捲出基板或包含基板之結構體之步驟(亦稱為“捲出步驟”。),在任一步驟之後,包括捲取基板或包含基板之結構體之步驟(亦稱為“捲取步驟”。),一邊輸送基板或包含基板之結構體一邊進行至少任一步驟(較佳為所有步驟或除加熱步驟以外的所有步驟)。作為捲出步驟中之捲出方法及捲取步驟中之捲取方法,並不受特別限制,只要在適用輥對輥方式之製造方法中使用公知的方法即可。A method for manufacturing a laminate, including a bonding step, is preferably performed using a roller-to-roll method. The roller-to-roll method will be explained below. The roller-to-roll method refers to the following: using a substrate capable of being wound and unwound as the substrate, the method includes a step of unwound the substrate or a structure containing the substrate (also called the "unwound step") before any step included in the method for manufacturing the laminate, and a step of winding the substrate or a structure containing the substrate (also called the "winding step") after any step, and at least one step (preferably all steps or all steps except the heating step) is performed while the substrate or the structure containing the substrate is being conveyed. The winding method in the winding step and the winding method in the winding step are not particularly restricted, as long as known methods are used in the manufacturing method applicable to the roller-to-roll method.
作為基板,使用公知的基板即可,但具有導電層之基板為較佳,在基板的表面具有導電層為更佳。基板根據需要可以具有除導電層以外的任意層。作為基板,例如可以舉出樹脂基板、玻璃基板及半導體基板。作為基板的較佳態樣,例如可以舉出國際公開第2018/155193號的0140段落的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為樹脂基板的材料,環烯烴聚合物及聚醯亞胺為較佳。樹脂基板的厚度為5μm~200μm為較佳,10μm~100μm為更佳。As a substrate, any known substrate can be used, but a substrate with a conductive layer is preferred, and a conductive layer on the surface of the substrate is even more preferred. The substrate may have any layer other than a conductive layer, as needed. Examples of substrates include resin substrates, glass substrates, and semiconductor substrates. A preferred embodiment of the substrate is, for example, paragraph 0140 of International Publication No. 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. As a material for the resin substrate, cycloolefin polymers and polyimide are preferred. A thickness of 5 μm to 200 μm is preferred, and 10 μm to 100 μm is even more preferred.
作為導電層,可以舉出一般的電路配線或觸控面板配線中所使用之導電層。又,作為導電層,從導電性及細線形成性的觀點而言,選自包括金屬層、導電性金屬氧化物層、石墨烯層、碳奈米管層及導電聚合物層之群組中之至少一種層為較佳,金屬層為更佳,銅層或銀層為進一步較佳。基板可以單獨具有一層導電層,亦可以具有兩層以上。當具有兩層以上的導電層時,具有不同材質的導電層為較佳。As a conductive layer, examples include those used in general circuit wiring or touch panel wiring. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine-line formation, a conductive layer preferably selected from at least one of the group consisting of metal layers, conductive metal oxide layers, graphene layers, carbon nanotube layers, and conductive polymer layers, with metal layers being more preferred, and copper or silver layers being even more preferred. The substrate may have only one conductive layer or may have two or more conductive layers. When there are two or more conductive layers, conductive layers of different materials are preferred.
作為導電層的材料,可以舉出金屬及導電性金屬氧化物。作為金屬,可以舉出Al、Zn、Cu、Fe、Ni、Cr、Mo、Ag及Au。作為導電性金屬氧化物,可以舉出ITO(Indium Tin Oxide:氧化銦錫)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide:氧化銦鋅)及SiO2。另外,在本揭示中,“導電性”係指體積電阻率未達1×106Ωcm。導電性金屬氧化物的體積電阻率未達1×104Ωcm為較佳。Materials used as conductive layers include metals and conductive metal oxides. Examples of metals include Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, Mo, Ag, and Au. Examples of conductive metal oxides include ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), and SiO₂ . Furthermore, in this disclosure, "conductivity" refers to a volume resistivity of less than 1 × 10⁶ Ωcm. Preferably, the volume resistivity of the conductive metal oxide is less than 1 × 10⁴ Ωcm.
當使用具有複數個導電層之基板而製造樹脂圖案時,複數個導電層中的至少一個導電層含有導電性金屬氧化物為較佳。作為導電層,相當於靜電電容型觸控面板中所使用之視覺辨認部的感測器之電極圖案或周邊引出部的配線為較佳。作為導電層的較佳態樣,例如可以舉出國際公開第2018/155193號的0141段落的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。When a resin pattern is manufactured using a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers, it is preferable that at least one of the conductive layers contains a conductive metal oxide. As a conductive layer, it is preferable to have an electrode pattern or wiring equivalent to the peripheral lead of a sensor in a visual recognition unit used in an electrostatic capacitive touch panel. A preferred example of a conductive layer is, for instance, paragraph 0141 of International Publication No. 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
作為具有導電層之基板,具有透明電極及迂迴配線中的至少一者之基板為較佳。如上所述的基板能夠較佳地用作觸控面板用基板。透明電極能夠較佳地作為觸控面板用電極發揮作用。透明電極由ITO(氧化銦錫)及IZO(氧化銦鋅)等金屬氧化膜以及金屬網及金屬奈米線等金屬細線構成為較佳。作為金屬細線,可以舉出銀、銅等細線。其中,銀網、銀奈米線等銀導電性材料為較佳。As a substrate with a conductive layer, a substrate having at least one of a transparent electrode and a circuitry is preferred. The substrate described above is preferably used as a substrate for a touch panel. The transparent electrode is preferably configured to function as an electrode for a touch panel. The transparent electrode is preferably composed of a metal oxide film such as ITO (indium tin oxide) or IZO (indium zinc oxide), as well as metal wires such as a metal mesh and metal nanowires. Examples of metal wires include silver and copper wires. Among these, silver conductive materials such as silver mesh and silver nanowires are preferred.
作為迂迴配線的材質,金屬為較佳。關於作為迂迴配線的材質的金屬,可以舉出金、銀、銅、鉬、鋁、鈦、鉻、鋅及錳以及由該等金屬元素的兩種以上構成之合金。作為迂迴配線的材質,銅、鉬、鋁或鈦為較佳,銅為特佳。Metals are preferred as materials for circuit routing. Examples of metals suitable for circuit routing include gold, silver, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, titanium, chromium, zinc, and manganese, as well as alloys composed of two or more of these metal elements. Copper, molybdenum, aluminum, or titanium are preferred materials for circuit routing, with copper being particularly preferred.
以保護電極等(亦即,觸控面板用電極及觸控面板用配線中的至少一者)為目的,使用本揭示之轉印材料而形成之觸控面板用電極保護膜以直接或經由其他層覆蓋電極等之方式設置為較佳。For the purpose of protecting electrodes (i.e., at least one of the electrodes for the touch panel and the wiring for the touch panel), it is preferable to provide the electrode protective film for the touch panel formed using the transfer material disclosed herein by directly or through other layers covering the electrodes.
《剝離步驟》 在剝離步驟中,從感光層剝離暫時支撐體。暫時支撐體的剝離方法並不受特別限制。在暫時支撐體的剝離中,能夠使用與日本特開2010-072589號公報的0161段落~0162段落中所記載之覆蓋膜剝離機構相同的機構。The peeling procedure involves peeling the temporary support from the photosensitive layer. The method for peeling the temporary support is not particularly limited. In peeling the temporary support, a mechanism identical to the cover film peeling mechanism described in paragraphs 0161 to 0162 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-072589 can be used.
藉由從感光層剝離暫時支撐體而露出之感光層的表面亦即感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上。若感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上,則感光層表面的光滑性提高。感光層的第1面的粗糙度Ra的較佳範圍記載於上述“感光層”項中。The surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed by peeling off the temporary support from the photosensitive layer, i.e., the first surface of the photosensitive layer, is 2 nm or more. If the roughness Ra of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is 2 nm or more, the smoothness of the photosensitive layer surface is improved. A preferred range of the roughness Ra of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is described in the "Photosensitive Layer" section above.
藉由從感光層剝離暫時支撐體而露出之感光層的表面亦即感光層的第1面的靜摩擦係數未達2.0為較佳。若感光層的第1面的靜摩擦係數為1.0以下,則感光層表面的光滑性提高。感光層的第1面的靜摩擦係數的較佳範圍記載於上述“感光層”項中。It is preferable that the static friction coefficient of the surface of the photosensitive layer exposed by peeling off the temporary support from the photosensitive layer, i.e., the first surface of the photosensitive layer, is less than 2.0. If the static friction coefficient of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is 1.0 or less, the smoothness of the photosensitive layer surface is improved. The preferred range of the static friction coefficient of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is described in the "Photosensitive Layer" section above.
藉由從感光層剝離暫時支撐體而露出之感光層的表面亦即感光層的第1面的動摩擦係數未達1.5為較佳。若感光層的第1面的動摩擦係數未達1.5,則感光層表面的光滑性提高。感光層的第1面的動摩擦係數的較佳範圍記載於上述“感光層”項中。It is preferable that the coefficient of kinetic friction of the surface of the photosensitive layer exposed by peeling it from the temporary support, i.e., the first surface of the photosensitive layer, is less than 1.5. If the coefficient of kinetic friction of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is less than 1.5, the smoothness of the photosensitive layer surface is improved. The preferred range of the coefficient of kinetic friction of the first surface of the photosensitive layer is described in the "Photosensitive Layer" section above.
《圖案形成步驟》 在圖案形成步驟中,對因暫時支撐體的剝離而露出之感光層實施曝光處理及顯影處理而形成圖案。顯影處理通常在曝光處理之後實施。The pattern formation process involves applying exposure and development processing to the photosensitive layer exposed by the peeling off of the temporary support to create the pattern. Development processing is usually performed after exposure processing.
[曝光處理] 曝光處理包括對感光層進行圖案曝光為較佳。“圖案曝光”係指以圖案狀曝光之形態亦即存在曝光部和非曝光部之形態的曝光。圖案曝光中之曝光區域與未曝光區域的位置關係並不受特別限制,可以適當調整。感光層可以從與設置有基板之一側相反的一側進行曝光,亦可以從設置有基板之一側進行曝光。[Exposure Processing] Exposure processing preferably includes patterned exposure of the photosensitive layer. "Patterned exposure" refers to exposure in a patterned form, that is, exposure with exposed and unexposed areas. The positional relationship between the exposed and unexposed areas in patterned exposure is not particularly restricted and can be adjusted appropriately. The photosensitive layer can be exposed from the side opposite to the side where the substrate is located, or it can be exposed from the side where the substrate is located.
圖案曝光中之圖案的詳細配置及具體尺寸並不受特別限制。例如,為了提高具備具有藉由電路配線之製造方法而製造之電路配線之輸入裝置之顯示裝置(例如,觸控面板)的顯示品質,並且減少取出配線所佔據之面積,圖案的至少一部分(較佳為觸控面板的電極圖案及/或取出配線的部分)包括寬度為20μm以下的細線為較佳,包括寬度為10μm以下的細線為更佳。The detailed configuration and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not particularly limited. For example, in order to improve the display quality of a display device (e.g., a touch panel) having an input device with circuit wiring manufactured by a circuit wiring manufacturing method, and to reduce the area occupied by the removed wiring, at least a portion of the pattern (preferably the electrode pattern of the touch panel and/or the portion where the wiring is removed) preferably includes fine lines with a width of 20 μm or less, and more preferably includes fine lines with a width of 10 μm or less.
曝光中所使用之光源只要為照射能夠對感光層進行曝光之波長的光(例如,365nm或405nm)之光源,則能夠適當選定並使用。具體而言,可以舉出超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈及LED(Light Emitting Diode:發光二極體)。The light source used in the exposure can be appropriately selected and used as long as it is a light source that illuminates the photosensitive layer at a wavelength capable of exposing it (e.g., 365nm or 405nm). Specifically, examples include ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes).
作為曝光量,5mJ/cm2~200mJ/cm2為較佳,10mJ/cm2~100mJ/cm2為更佳。As for exposure levels, 5 mJ/ cm² to 200 mJ/ cm² is preferred, and 10 mJ/ cm² to 100 mJ/ cm² is even better.
作為曝光中所使用之光源、曝光量及曝光方法的較佳態樣,例如可以舉出國際公開第2018/155193號的0146段落~0147段落的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。As a preferred example of the light source, exposure amount and exposure method used in the exposure, for example, the description in paragraphs 0146 to 0147 of International Publication No. 2018/155193 can be cited, which is incorporated into this specification.
作為曝光方式,在接觸曝光的情況下,曝光方式能夠適當選擇並使用接觸曝光方式,在非接觸曝光方式的情況下,能夠適當選擇並使用接近(proximity)曝光方式、透鏡系或反射鏡系的投影曝光方式、使用了曝光雷射等之直接曝光方式。在透鏡系或反射鏡系的投影曝光的情況下,能夠根據所需要之解析力、焦點深度而使用具有適當的透鏡開口數(NA)之曝光機。在直接曝光方式的情況下,可以直接對感光層進行描畫,亦可以經由透鏡對感光層進行縮小投影曝光。又,曝光不僅可以在大氣下進行,亦可以在減壓、真空下進行,並且可以使水等液體介於光源與感光層之間而進行曝光。當使用光罩對感光層進行曝光時,可以使感光層與光罩接觸而對感光層進行曝光,亦可以不使感光層與光罩接觸而使光罩靠近感光層來對感光層進行曝光。曝光處理包括使感光層與光罩接觸而對感光層進行曝光為較佳。Regarding exposure methods, in contact exposure, the appropriate exposure method can be selected and used. In non-contact exposure, appropriate methods can be selected and used, such as proximity exposure, projection exposure using a lens system or mirror system, or direct exposure using an exposure laser. In projection exposure using a lens system or mirror system, an exposure machine with an appropriate lens aperture number (NA) can be used according to the required resolution and depth of focus. In direct exposure, the photosensitive layer can be directly drawn on, or the photosensitive layer can be reduced and projected through a lens. Furthermore, exposure can be performed not only in the atmosphere, but also under reduced pressure or vacuum, and can be carried out by placing liquids such as water between the light source and the photosensitive layer. When using a photomask to expose the photosensitive layer, the photosensitive layer can be exposed by contact with the photomask, or the photomask can be brought close to the photosensitive layer without contact between the photosensitive layer and the photomask. It is preferable to expose the photosensitive layer by contact with the photomask.
[顯影處理] 經曝光之感光層的顯影能夠使用顯影液來進行。作為顯影液,例如能夠使用日本特開平5-72724號公報中所記載之顯影液等公知的顯影液。作為顯影液,以0.05mol/L~5mol/L的濃度包含pKa=7~13的化合物之鹼水溶液系顯影液為較佳。顯影液可以含有水溶性的有機溶劑及/或界面活性劑。作為鹼性水溶液中能夠包含之鹼性化合物,例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨及膽鹼(2-羥基乙基三甲基氫氧化銨)。作為顯影液,還可以較佳地舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的0194段落中所記載之顯影液。作為可以較佳地使用之顯影方式,例如可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的0195段落中所記載之顯影方式。[Developing Process] The development of the exposed photosensitive layer can be performed using a developing solution. For example, known developing solutions such as those described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 5-72724 can be used. A developing solution containing an alkaline aqueous solution of a compound with a pKa of 7 to 13 at a concentration of 0.05 mol/L to 5 mol/L is preferred. The developing solution may contain a water-soluble organic solvent and/or a surfactant. Examples of alkaline compounds that can be contained in alkaline aqueous solutions include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide, tetraethyl ammonium hydroxide, tetrapropyl ammonium hydroxide, tetrabutyl ammonium hydroxide, and choline (2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide). As a developing solution, the developing solution described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is also preferred. As a preferred developing method, the developing method described in paragraph 0195 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is also preferred.
作為顯影方式,並不受特別限制,可以為旋覆浸沒顯影(puddle development)、噴淋顯影(shower development)、噴淋及旋轉顯影以及浸漬顯影中的任一種。噴淋顯影係指藉由噴淋而向曝光後的感光層噴吹顯影液而去除曝光部或非曝光部之顯影處理。顯影之後,藉由噴淋而噴吹清洗劑,並一邊用刷子擦拭一邊去除顯影殘渣為較佳。顯影液的液溫並不受特別限制,但20℃~40℃為較佳。As a development method, there are no particular limitations; it can be any of the following: immersion development, shower development, shower and spin development, or dip development. Shower development refers to a development process in which developing solution is sprayed onto the exposed photosensitive layer to remove exposed or unexposed areas. After development, it is preferable to spray cleaning agent while simultaneously wiping with a brush to remove developing residue. The temperature of the developing solution is not particularly limited, but 20°C to 40°C is preferred.
《保護膜的剝離》 當轉印材料包括保護膜時,積層體之製造方法包括從轉印材料剝離保護膜之步驟為較佳。剝離保護膜之方法並不受限制,能夠適用公知的方法。"Peeling of the Protective Film" When the transfer material includes a protective film, it is preferable that the manufacturing method of the laminate includes the step of peeling the protective film from the transfer material. The method of peeling off the protective film is not limited and well-known methods may be used.
《後曝光步驟及後烘烤步驟》 本揭示的一實施形態之積層體之製造方法可以包括對藉由圖案形成步驟而得到之圖案進行曝光之步驟(後曝光步驟)及/或對藉由圖案形成步驟而得到之圖案進行加熱之步驟(後烘烤步驟)。當積層體之製造方法包括後曝光步驟及後烘烤步驟這兩者時,後曝光之後實施後烘烤為較佳。後曝光的曝光量為100mJ/cm2~5,000mJ/cm2為較佳,200mJ/cm2~3,000mJ/cm2為更佳。後烘烤的溫度為80℃~250℃為較佳,90℃~160℃為更佳。後烘烤的時間為1分鐘~180分鐘為較佳,10分鐘~60分鐘為更佳。The method for manufacturing a laminate according to one embodiment disclosed herein may include a step of exposing a pattern obtained by a pattern forming step (post-exposure step) and/or a step of heating the pattern obtained by a pattern forming step (post-baking step). When the method for manufacturing a laminate includes both a post-exposure step and a post-baking step, it is preferable to perform post-baking after post-exposure. The exposure amount for post-exposure is preferably 100 mJ/ cm² to 5,000 mJ/ cm² , and more preferably 200 mJ/ cm² to 3,000 mJ/ cm² . The post-baking temperature is preferably 80°C to 250°C, and more preferably 90°C to 160°C. The best baking time is 1 minute to 180 minutes, and even better is 10 minutes to 60 minutes.
《其他步驟》 本揭示的一實施形態之積層體之製造方法可以包括除上述步驟以外的任意步驟。例如,可以舉出以下所示之電路配線之製造方法或觸控面板之製造方法中所記載之步驟等,但並不限於該等步驟。Other Steps The method for manufacturing a laminate of one embodiment disclosed herein may include any steps other than those described above. For example, steps described in the method for manufacturing circuit wiring or the method for manufacturing a touch panel may be cited, but are not limited to such steps.
《用途》 藉由本揭示的一實施形態之積層體之製造方法而製造之積層體能夠適用於各種裝置。作為具備積層體之裝置,例如可以舉出輸入裝置等,觸控面板為較佳,靜電電容型觸控面板為更佳。又,輸入裝置能夠適用於有機電致發光顯示裝置、液晶顯示裝置等顯示裝置。當積層體適用於觸控面板時,所形成之圖案用作觸控面板用電極或觸控面板用配線的保護膜為較佳。亦即,本揭示之轉印材料用於觸控面板用電極保護膜或觸控面板用配線的形成為較佳。Applications: The laminate manufactured by the method for manufacturing a laminate according to an embodiment of the present invention is applicable to various devices. As a device having the laminate, examples include input devices, with touch panels being preferred, and electrostatic capacitive touch panels being even more preferred. Furthermore, the input device is applicable to display devices such as organic electroluminescent displays and liquid crystal displays. When the laminate is applied to a touch panel, it is preferable to use the formed pattern as a protective film for the electrodes or wiring of the touch panel. That is, it is preferable to use the transfer material disclosed herein for forming the protective film for the electrodes of the touch panel or the wiring of the touch panel.
<電路配線之製造方法> 本揭示的一實施形態之電路配線之製造方法依序包括如下步驟:將包括暫時支撐體及與暫時支撐體接觸之感光層之轉印材料與基板進行貼合而在上述基板上依序配置上述感光層及上述暫時支撐體(亦即,“貼合步驟”);從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體(亦即,“剝離步驟”);對因上述暫時支撐體的剝離而露出之上述感光層實施曝光處理及顯影處理而形成圖案(亦即,“圖案形成步驟”);及對未配置有上述圖案之區域中之上述基板進行蝕刻處理(以下,有時稱為“蝕刻步驟”。),藉由從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體而露出之上述感光層的表面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上。以下,對電路配線之製造方法所包括之各步驟進行說明,但除了特別提及之情況以外,對積層體之製造方法中所包括之各步驟說明之內容亦適用於電路配線之製造方法中所包括之各步驟。<Manufacturing Method of Circuit Wiring> A method for manufacturing circuit wiring according to an embodiment disclosed herein includes the following steps in sequence: bonding a transfer material comprising a temporary support and a photosensitive layer in contact with the temporary support to a substrate; sequentially disposing the photosensitive layer and the temporary support on the substrate (i.e., the "bonding step"); peeling the temporary support from the photosensitive layer (i.e., the "peeling step"); and applying the photosensitive layer to the substrate. The photosensitive layer exposed by peeling off the temporary support is subjected to exposure and development processing to form a pattern (i.e., the "pattern formation step"); and the substrate in the area where the pattern is not disposed is etched (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as the "etching step"). The surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed by peeling off the temporary support is 2 nm or more. Hereinafter, each step included in the method for manufacturing circuit wiring will be described, but unless specifically mentioned, the description of each step included in the method for manufacturing laminates also applies to each step included in the method for manufacturing circuit wiring.
《蝕刻步驟》 在蝕刻步驟中,對未配置有圖案之區域中之基板進行蝕刻處理。亦即,在蝕刻步驟中,將由感光層形成之圖案用作蝕刻阻劑而進行蝕刻處理。作為蝕刻處理方法,能夠適用公知的方法,例如可以舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的0209段落~0210段落中所記載之方法、日本特開2010-152155號公報的0048段落~0054段落中所記載之方法、浸漬於蝕刻液中之濕式蝕刻法及基於電漿蝕刻等乾式蝕刻之方法。The etching process involves etching the substrate in areas where no pattern is present. Specifically, the etching process uses a pattern formed from a photosensitive layer as an etching resist. Known methods can be applied, such as those described in paragraphs 0209-0210 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-120435, paragraphs 0048-0054 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-152155, wet etching by immersion in an etching solution, and dry etching methods such as plasma etching.
濕式蝕刻中所使用之蝕刻液只要根據蝕刻的對象而適當選擇酸性或鹼性的蝕刻液即可。作為酸性的蝕刻液,例如可以舉出選自鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、乙酸、氟酸、草酸及磷酸中之酸性成分單獨的水溶液,以及酸性成分與選自氯化鐵、氟化銨及過錳酸鉀中之鹽的混合水溶液。酸性成分亦可以為將複數個酸性成分組合而成之成分。作為鹼性的蝕刻液,可以舉出選自氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氨、有機胺及有機胺的鹽(氫氧化四甲基銨等)中之鹼成分單獨的水溶液,以及鹼成分與鹽(過錳酸鉀等)的混合水溶液。鹼成分亦可以為將複數個鹼成分組合而成之成分。The etching solution used in wet etching can be either acidic or alkaline, depending on the object being etched. Examples of acidic etching solutions include aqueous solutions of acidic components alone, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid, as well as mixed aqueous solutions of acidic components with salts selected from ferric chloride, ammonium fluoride, and potassium permanganate. The acidic component can also be a combination of multiple acidic components. Examples of alkaline etching solutions include aqueous solutions of the alkaline component alone, such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, organic amines, and salts of organic amines (e.g., tetramethylammonium hydroxide), as well as mixed aqueous solutions of the alkaline component with salts (e.g., potassium permanganate). Alkaline components can also be components composed of multiple alkaline components.
《去除步驟》 本揭示的一實施形態之電路配線之製造方法包括去除殘餘圖案之步驟(以下,有時稱為“去除步驟”。)為較佳。去除步驟在蝕刻步驟之後進行為較佳。作為去除殘餘圖案之方法,並不受特別限制,可以舉出藉由化學處理去除之方法,使用去除液去除之方法為較佳。作為殘餘圖案的去除方法,可以舉出在具有較佳為30℃~80℃,更佳為50℃~80℃的液溫之攪拌中的去除液中將具有殘餘圖案之基板浸漬1分鐘~30分鐘之方法。The method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to one embodiment disclosed herein preferably includes a step of removing residual patterns (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as the "removal step"). It is preferable that the removal step is performed after the etching step. The method for removing residual patterns is not particularly limited; examples include chemical removal, and removal using a removal solution is preferred. As a method for removing residual patterns, an example is immersing a substrate with residual patterns in a stirred removal solution at a preferred temperature of 30°C to 80°C, more preferably 50°C to 80°C, for 1 minute to 30 minutes.
作為去除液,例如可以舉出將無機鹼成分或有機鹼成分溶解於水、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮或該等的混合溶液而成之去除液。作為無機鹼成分,例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉及氫氧化鉀。作為有機鹼成分,可以舉出一級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、三級胺化合物及季銨鹽化合物。又,亦可以使用去除液並藉由噴塗法、噴淋法及旋覆浸沒法等公知的方法來去除。Examples of removal solutions include those prepared by dissolving inorganic or organic alkali components in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixture thereof. Examples of inorganic alkali components include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide. Examples of organic alkali components include primary amine compounds, secondary amine compounds, tertiary amine compounds, and quaternary ammonium salts. Furthermore, removal solutions can be used and removal can be achieved by known methods such as spraying, rinsing, and rotary immersion.
《其他步驟》 本揭示的一實施形態之電路配線之製造方法可以包括除上述步驟以外的任意步驟。例如,可以舉出以下步驟,但並不限於該等步驟。又,作為能夠適用於電路配線之製造方法之曝光步驟、顯影步驟及其他步驟,可以舉出日本特開2006-23696號公報的0035段落~0051段落中所記載之步驟。此外,作為其他步驟,例如可以舉出國際公開第2019/022089號的0172段落中所記載之降低可見光線反射率之步驟、國際公開第2019/022089號的0173段落中所記載之在絕緣膜上形成新的導電層之步驟等,但並不限於該等步驟。Other Steps The method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to one embodiment disclosed herein may include any steps other than those described above. For example, the following steps can be cited, but are not limited to these steps. Furthermore, as exposure steps, development steps, and other steps applicable to the method for manufacturing circuit wiring, the steps described in paragraphs 0035 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-23696 can be cited. In addition, other steps may include, for example, the step of reducing visible light reflectivity described in paragraph 0172 of International Publication No. 2019/022089, and the step of forming a new conductive layer on the insulating film described in paragraph 0173 of International Publication No. 2019/022089, but are not limited to these steps.
[降低可見光線反射率之步驟] 本揭示的一實施形態之電路配線之製造方法可以包括進行降低基板所具有之複數個導電層的一部分或全部的可見光線反射率之處理之步驟。作為降低可見光線反射率之處理,可以舉出氧化處理。當基板具有含有銅之導電層時,對銅進行氧化處理而使其成為氧化銅,並對導電層進行黑化,藉此能夠降低導電層的可見光線反射率。關於降低可見光線反射率之處理,記載於日本特開2014-150118號公報的0017段落~0025段落以及日本特開2013-206315號公報的0041段落、0042段落、0048段落及0058段落中,該等公報中所記載之內容被編入本說明書中。[Steps to Reduce Visible Light Reflectivity] A method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to an embodiment of this disclosure may include a step of performing a process to reduce the visible light reflectivity of some or all of the plurality of conductive layers having a substrate. As a process for reducing visible light reflectivity, oxidation treatment can be cited. When the substrate has a conductive layer containing copper, the copper is oxidized to become copper oxide, and the conductive layer is blackened, thereby reducing the visible light reflectivity of the conductive layer. The treatment for reducing visible light reflectance is described in paragraphs 0017 to 0025 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-150118 and paragraphs 0041, 0042, 0048 and 0058 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-206315, and the contents described in these publications are incorporated in this specification.
[形成絕緣膜之步驟、在絕緣膜的表面上形成新的導電層之步驟] 本揭示之一實施形態之電路配線之製造方法包括在電路配線的表面上形成絕緣膜之步驟和在絕緣膜的表面上形成新的導電層之步驟亦為較佳。藉由上述步驟,能夠形成與第一電極圖案絕緣之第二電極圖案。作為形成絕緣膜之步驟,並不受特別限制,可以舉出公知的形成永久膜之方法。又,亦可以使用具有絕緣性之感光性材料,藉由光微影來形成所期望的圖案的絕緣膜。在絕緣膜上形成新的導電層之步驟並不受特別限制,例如可以使用具有導電性之感光性材料,藉由光微影來形成所期望的圖案的新的導電層。[Steps for forming an insulating film and forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film] A method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to one embodiment of this disclosure preferably includes the steps of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film. Through the above steps, a second electrode pattern that is insulated from the first electrode pattern can be formed. The steps for forming the insulating film are not particularly limited, and known methods for forming permanent films can be cited. Furthermore, an insulating photosensitive material can also be used to form an insulating film with the desired pattern by photolithography. The steps for forming a new conductive layer on an insulating film are not particularly limited. For example, a photosensitive material with conductive properties can be used to form a new conductive layer with the desired pattern by photolithography.
本揭示的一實施形態之電路配線之製造方法使用在基板的兩個表面分別具有複數個導電層之基板,並對形成於基板的兩個表面之導電層逐次或同時形成電路亦為較佳。藉由這種構成,能夠形成在基板的一個表面上形成有第一導電圖案且在另一個表面上形成有第二導電圖案之觸控面板用電路配線。又,以輥對輥方式從基板的兩個面形成這種構成的觸控面板用電路配線亦為較佳。The disclosed embodiment of the circuit wiring manufacturing method uses a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers on each of its two surfaces, and it is preferable to form the circuit sequentially or simultaneously on the conductive layers formed on the two surfaces of the substrate. With this configuration, it is possible to form a touch panel circuit wiring with a first conductive pattern formed on one surface of the substrate and a second conductive pattern formed on the other surface. Furthermore, it is also preferable to form this type of touch panel circuit wiring from both surfaces of the substrate in a roll-to-roll manner.
《電路配線的用途》 藉由本揭示的一實施形態之電路配線之製造方法而製造之電路配線能夠適用於各種裝置。作為具備藉由上述製造方法而製造之電路配線之裝置,例如可以舉出輸入裝置,觸控面板為較佳,靜電電容型觸控面板為更佳。又,上述輸入裝置能夠適用於有機EL顯示裝置及液晶顯示裝置等顯示裝置。Applications of Circuit Wiring The circuit wiring manufactured using the method disclosed herein can be applied to various devices. Examples of devices incorporating the circuit wiring manufactured by the above method include input devices, preferably touch panels, and even more preferably electrostatic capacitive touch panels. Furthermore, the above-mentioned input devices can be applied to display devices such as organic EL displays and liquid crystal displays.
(觸控面板之製造方法) 本揭示的一實施形態之觸控面板之製造方法依序包括如下步驟:將包括暫時支撐體及與暫時支撐體接觸之感光層之轉印材料與基板進行貼合而在上述基板上依序配置上述感光層及上述暫時支撐體(亦即,“貼合步驟”);從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體(亦即,“剝離步驟”);對因上述暫時支撐體的剝離而露出之上述感光層實施曝光處理及顯影處理而形成圖案(亦即,“圖案形成步驟”);及對未配置有上述圖案之區域中之上述基板進行蝕刻處理(亦即,“蝕刻步驟”。),藉由從上述感光層剝離上述暫時支撐體而露出之上述感光層的表面的粗糙度Ra為2nm以上。(Manufacturing Method of Touch Panel) A method for manufacturing a touch panel according to an embodiment disclosed herein includes the following steps in sequence: bonding a transfer material comprising a temporary support and a photosensitive layer in contact with the temporary support to a substrate; sequentially disposing the photosensitive layer and the temporary support on the substrate (i.e., the "bonding step"); peeling the temporary support from the photosensitive layer (i.e., the "peeling step"); and so on. The photosensitive layer exposed by peeling off the temporary support is subjected to exposure processing and development processing to form a pattern (i.e., "pattern formation step"); and the substrate in the area where the pattern is not disposed is etched (i.e., "etching step"). The surface roughness Ra of the photosensitive layer exposed by peeling off the temporary support is 2 nm or more.
關於觸控面板之製造方法中之各步驟的具體態樣及進行各步驟之順序等的實施態樣,如在上述“積層體之製造方法”及“電路配線之製造方法”項中所說明那樣,較佳態樣亦相同。觸控面板之製造方法除了藉由上述方法而形成觸控面板用配線以外,參閱公知的觸控面板之製造方法即可。又,觸控面板之製造方法可以包括除上述以外的任意步驟(其他步驟)。Regarding the specific embodiments of each step in the method for manufacturing a touch panel and the order in which they are performed, the preferred embodiments are the same as those described in the sections on "Method for Manufacturing a Laminate" and "Method for Manufacturing Circuit Wiring" above. For methods other than forming the wiring for a touch panel using the methods described above, please refer to known methods for manufacturing touch panels. Furthermore, the method for manufacturing a touch panel may include any steps other than those described above (other steps).
將觸控面板的製造中所使用之遮罩的圖案的一例示於圖2及圖3。在圖2所示之圖案A及圖3所示之圖案B中,GR為非圖像部(遮光部),EX為圖像部(曝光部),DL為虛擬地示出對準用框者。在觸控面板之製造方法中,例如經由具有圖2所示之圖案A之遮罩而對負型感光層進行曝光,藉此能夠製造形成有具有與EX相對應之圖案A之電路配線之觸控面板。具體而言,能夠利用國際公開第2016/190405號的圖1中所記載之方法進行製作。在所製造之觸控面板的一例中,曝光部EX的中央部(四角連結而成之圖案部分)為形成有透明電極(觸控面板用電極)之部分,曝光部EX的周緣部(細線部分)為形成有周邊引出部的配線之部分。An example of the pattern of the mask used in the manufacture of a touch panel is shown in Figures 2 and 3. In pattern A of Figure 2 and pattern B of Figure 3, GR is the non-image area (light-shielding area), EX is the image area (exposure area), and DL is a virtual alignment frame. In the manufacturing method of the touch panel, for example, a negative photosensitive layer can be exposed by a mask having pattern A shown in Figure 2, thereby manufacturing a touch panel having circuit wiring corresponding to pattern A corresponding to EX. Specifically, it can be manufactured using the method described in Figure 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405. In one example of the manufactured touch panel, the central part of the exposure section EX (the patterned part formed by the four corners) is the part with transparent electrodes (electrodes for the touch panel), and the peripheral part of the exposure section EX (the fine line part) is the part with peripheral lead-out wiring.
藉由上述觸控面板之製造方法,可製造至少具有觸控面板用配線之觸控面板。觸控面板具有透明基板、電極及絕緣層或保護層為較佳。作為在觸控面板中之檢測方法,可以舉出電阻膜方式、靜電電容方式、超音波方式、電磁感應方式及光學方式等公知的方式。其中,靜電電容方式為較佳。By employing the above-described method for manufacturing a touch panel, a touch panel having at least the wiring required for the touch panel can be manufactured. It is preferable that the touch panel has a transparent substrate, electrodes, and an insulating layer or protective layer. Known methods for detection in the touch panel include resistive film methods, electrostatic capacitance methods, ultrasonic methods, electromagnetic induction methods, and optical methods. Among these, the electrostatic capacitance method is preferred.
作為觸控面板型,可以舉出所謂的內嵌型(in-cell type)(例如,記載於日本特表2012-517051號公報的圖5、圖6、圖7及圖8中者)、所謂的外嵌型(on-cell type)(例如,記載於日本特開2013-168125號公報的圖19中者以及記載於日本特開2012-89102號公報的圖1及圖5中者)、OGS(One Glass Solution:單片式玻璃觸控)型、TOL(Touch-on-Lens:覆蓋層觸控)型(例如,記載於日本特開2013-54727號公報的圖2中者)、各種外掛型(out-cell type)(所謂的GG、G1/G2、GFF、GF2、GF1及G1F等)以及其他構成(例如,記載於日本特開2013-164871號公報的圖6中者)。作為觸控面板,例如可以舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的0229段落中所記載者。 [實施例]As for touch panel types, examples include in-cell type (e.g., those shown in Figures 5, 6, 7, and 8 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-517051), on-cell type (e.g., those shown in Figure 19 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-168125 and Figures 1 and 5 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-89102), OGS (One Glass Solution) type, TOL (Touch-on-Lens) type (e.g., those shown in Figure 2 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-54727), and various out-cell types. Types (such as GG, G1/G2, GFF, GF2, GF1, and G1F) and other components (e.g., those shown in Figure 6 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-164871). As a touch panel, for example, those described in paragraph 0229 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-120435 can be cited. [Example]
以下,舉出實施例對本揭示的實施形態進行進一步具體的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容及處理步驟等只要不脫離本揭示的實施形態的趣旨,則能夠適當進行變更。因此,本揭示的實施形態的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。另外,只要沒有特別指定,“份”、“%”為質量基準。又,在以下實施例中,樹脂的重量平均分子量為藉由基於凝膠滲透層析(GPC)之聚苯乙烯換算求出之重量平均分子量。又,酸值使用了理論酸值。The following examples further illustrate the embodiments of this disclosure. The materials, amounts, proportions, processing contents, and processing steps shown in the following examples can be appropriately modified as long as they do not depart from the intent of the embodiments of this disclosure. Therefore, the scope of the embodiments of this disclosure is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are mass standards. Also, in the following examples, the weight-average molecular weight of the resin is the weight-average molecular weight calculated using polystyrene based on gel osmosis chromatography (GPC). Furthermore, the theoretical acid value is used.
<暫時支撐體> 準備了以下表所示之暫時支撐體。<Temporary Support> Temporary supports are provided as shown in the table below.
[表1]
(暫時支撐體S-1) 暫時支撐體S-1為Toray Industries, Inc.製造之LUMIRROR 16QS62。(Temporary Support S-1) The temporary support S-1 is LUMIRROR 16QS62 manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.
(暫時支撐體S-2) 在厚度16μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜上以聚乙烯的厚度成為10μm之方式熔融擠出並層壓了聚乙烯。在層壓中,將表面粗糙度Ra為0.1μm的消光化輥按壓於聚乙烯層上。藉由以上步驟,製作出附消光化聚乙烯之PET薄膜作為暫時支撐體S-2。表1中所記載之暫時支撐體S-2的第1面的粗糙度Ra為在聚乙烯層的表面上測定之值。(Temporary Support S-2) Polyethylene was melt-extruded and laminated onto a 16 μm thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a polyethylene thickness of 10 μm. During lamination, a matting roller with a surface roughness Ra of 0.1 μm was pressed onto the polyethylene layer. Through the above steps, a PET film with matting polyethylene was produced as the temporary support S-2. The roughness Ra of the first surface of the temporary support S-2 recorded in Table 1 is a value measured on the surface of the polyethylene layer.
(暫時支撐體S-3) 除了將消光化輥的表面粗糙度Ra變更為0.2μm以外,藉由遵照暫時支撐體S-2之製造方法之方法得到了暫時支撐體S-3。表1中所記載之暫時支撐體S-3的第1面的粗糙度Ra為在聚乙烯層的表面上測定之值。(Temporary Support S-3) Temporary support S-3 was obtained by following the same manufacturing method as temporary support S-2, except that the surface roughness Ra of the matting roller was changed to 0.2 μm. The roughness Ra of the first surface of temporary support S-3 recorded in Table 1 is a value measured on the surface of the polyethylene layer.
(暫時支撐體S-4) 暫時支撐體S-4為KAISEI INDUSTRY CO.,LTD.製造之砂消光(sand mat)加工薄膜類型S。(Temporary Support S-4) Temporary support S-4 is a sand mat processed film type S manufactured by KAISEI INDUSTRY CO.,LTD.
(暫時支撐體S-5) 暫時支撐體S-5為KAISEI INDUSTRY CO.,LTD.製造之砂消光加工薄膜類型A。(Temporary Support S-5) Temporary support S-5 is a sandblasted matte film of type A manufactured by KAISEI INDUSTRY CO.,LTD.
<感光性樹脂組成物的製備> 混合以下表所示之成分而製備出感光性樹脂組成物。<Preparation of Photosensitive Resin Composition> A photosensitive resin composition was prepared by mixing the ingredients shown in the table below.
[表2]
(聚合物) ·A-1:藉由後述的方法而製造之包含30質量%的聚合物A-1之組成物 ·A-2:藉由後述的方法而製造之包含30質量%的聚合物A-2之組成物(Polymer) • A-1: A composition comprising 30% by mass of polymer A-1, produced by the method described below. • A-2: A composition comprising 30% by mass of polymer A-2, produced by the method described below.
〔A-1〕 藉由以下方法得到了包含30質量%的聚合物A-1之組成物。在以下方法中,以下略語分別表示以下化合物。 St:苯乙烯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) MAA:甲基丙烯酸(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) MMA:甲基丙烯酸甲酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) V-601:2,2’-偶氮雙(異丁酸)二甲酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造,聚合起始劑) PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯[A-1] A composition comprising 30% by mass of polymer A-1 was obtained by the following method. In the following method, the following abbreviations represent the following compounds respectively. St: Styrene (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) MAA: Methacrylate (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) MMA: Methyl methacrylate (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) V-601: Dimethyl 2,2’-azobis(isobutyrate) (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation, polymerization initiator) PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
向3口燒瓶中放入PGMEA(116.5質量份),並在氮環境下升溫至90℃。一邊將3口燒瓶內的液溫維持在90℃±2℃,一邊耗時2小時將St(52.0質量份)、MMA(19.0質量份)、MAA(29.0質量份)、V-601(4.0質量份)及PGMEA(116.5質量份)的混合液滴加到3口燒瓶內。滴加結束後,一邊將液溫維持在90℃±2℃,一邊將混合液攪拌2小時,藉此得到了包含30質量%的聚合物A-1之組成物。將聚合物A-1的性質示於以下表。PGMEA (116.5 parts by mass) was added to a three-necked flask and heated to 90°C under a nitrogen atmosphere. While maintaining the liquid temperature in the three-necked flask at 90°C ± 2°C, a mixture of St (52.0 parts by mass), MMA (19.0 parts by mass), MAA (29.0 parts by mass), V-601 (4.0 parts by mass), and PGMEA (116.5 parts by mass) was added dropwise to the three-necked flask over a period of 2 hours. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours while maintaining the liquid temperature at 90°C ± 2°C, thereby obtaining a composition containing 30% by mass of polymer A-1. The properties of polymer A-1 are shown in the table below.
〔A-2〕 除了將V-601的添加量變更為12.0質量份以外,藉由遵照聚合物A-1的合成方法之方法得到了包含30質量%的聚合物A-2之組成物。將聚合物A-2的性質示於以下表。[A-2] Except that the amount of V-601 added was changed to 12.0 parts by mass, a composition containing 30% by mass of polymer A-2 was obtained by following the synthesis method of polymer A-1. The properties of polymer A-2 are shown in the following table.
[表3]
(乙烯性不飽和化合物) ·B-1:NK Ester BPE-500(2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) ·B-2:ARONIX M-270(聚丙二醇二丙烯酸酯,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造) ·B-3:Sartomer SR-454(環氧化三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯,Arkema S.A.製造)(Ethylene-unsaturated compounds) • B-1: NK Ester BPE-500 (2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentethoxy)phenyl)propane, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) • B-2: ARONIX M-270 (polypropylene glycol diacrylate, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.) • B-3: Sartomer SR-454 (epoxytrimethylolpropane triacrylate, manufactured by Arkema S.A.)
(光聚合起始劑) ·B-CIM(光自由基聚合起始劑,2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體,Hampford公司製造)(Photopolymerization Initiator) · B-CIM (Photoradical Polymerization Initiator, 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolium dimer, manufactured by Hampford)
(增感劑) ·SB-PI 701(4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮,Sanyo Trading Co.,Ltd.銷售)(Sensitizer) ·SB-PI 701 (4,4’-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, sold by Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd.)
(色素) ·LCV(無色結晶紫,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造,藉由自由基而顯色之色素)(Pigment) ·LCV (Colorless Crystal Violet, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., a pigment that develops color through free radicals)
(鏈轉移劑) ·N-苯甘胺酸(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)(Chain transfer agent) · N-Phenylglycine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
(防銹劑) ·CBT-1(羧基苯并三唑,Johoku Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)(Rust Inhibitor) ·CBT-1 (Carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Co., Ltd.)
(聚合抑制劑) ·TDP-G(啡噻𠯤,Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Company, Limited製造)(Polymerization inhibitor) ·TDP-G (Phenylephrine, manufactured by Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Company, Limited)
(抗氧化劑) ·菲尼酮(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)(Antioxidant) Phenylidene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
(界面活性劑) ·MEGAFACE F-552(氟系界面活性劑,DIC Corporation製造)(Surfactant) · MEGAFACE F-552 (Fluoro-based surfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
(粒子) ·MEK-ST-40(甲基乙基酮分散二氧化矽溶膠,Nissan Chemical Corporation製造)(Particles) ·MEK-ST-40 (Methyl ethyl ketone dispersed silica sol, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Corporation)
(溶劑) ·甲基乙基酮(SANKYO CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造) ·PGMEA(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯,SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造)(Soluble) · Methyl ethyl ketone (manufactured by SANKYO CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.) · PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.)
<實施例1> (轉印材料的製作) 在暫時支撐體S-2的聚乙烯層上以乾燥膜厚成為3.0μm之方式塗佈感光性樹脂組成物P-3,並在100℃的烘箱中使其乾燥2分鐘,進一步層壓聚丙烯製薄膜(TORAYFAN#30-2500H,26μm厚度,Toray Industries, Inc.製造)作為保護膜,從而製作出轉印材料。<Example 1> (Preparation of transfer material) A photosensitive resin composition P-3 is coated onto the polyethylene layer of the temporary support S-2 with a dry film thickness of 3.0 μm, and dried in an oven at 100°C for 2 minutes. A polypropylene film (TORAYFAN#30-2500H, 26 μm thickness, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) is then laminated as a protective film to produce the transfer material.
(附銅層之PET基板的製作) 在厚度100μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜上藉由濺射法製作厚度200nm的銅層,從而製作出附銅層之PET基板。(Fabrication of PET substrate with copper layer) A copper layer with a thickness of 200nm is fabricated on a 100μm thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film by sputtering, thereby creating a PET substrate with copper layer.
(樹脂圖案的製作) 剝離保護膜之後,將轉印材料在線壓0.6MPa、線速(層壓速度)0.5m/分鐘的層壓條件下層壓於附銅層之PET基板。剝離了暫時支撐體。一邊調整曝光位置(對準),一邊使露出之感光層與具有線寬3μm~20μm的線與空間圖案(Duty比=1:1)之玻璃製遮罩接觸,並經由遮罩而用超高壓水銀燈對感光層進行曝光之後,靜置30分鐘後進行顯影,從而形成了樹脂圖案。顯影為使用28℃的1.0質量%碳酸鈉水溶液進行了40秒噴淋顯影。藉由以上步驟,得到了包含樹脂圖案之積層體。(Resin Pattern Creation) After peeling off the protective film, the transfer material is laminated onto the copper-coated PET substrate under lamination conditions of 0.6 MPa linear pressure and 0.5 m/min linear speed (lamination speed). The temporary support is then removed. While adjusting the exposure position (alignment), the exposed photosensitive layer is brought into contact with a glass mask containing a line and spatial pattern with a linewidth of 3μm to 20μm (Duty ratio = 1:1). The photosensitive layer is then exposed to ultra-high pressure mercury lamps through the mask, left to stand for 30 minutes, and then developed to form the resin pattern. Development was performed using a 1.0% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 28°C for 40 seconds by spraying. Through the above steps, a laminate containing the resin pattern was obtained.
(電路配線圖案的製作) 使用銅蝕刻液(Cu-02,KANTO CHEMICAL CO.,INC.製造),在23℃對包含樹脂圖案之積層體進行30秒鐘蝕刻,並使用4質量%氫氧化鈉溶液進行阻劑剝離,藉此製作出電路配線圖案。用顯微鏡觀察了實施例1中所得到之電路配線圖案,其結果,無剝離及缺失,為完整的圖案。(Creation of the circuit wiring pattern) The laminate containing the resin pattern was etched at 23°C for 30 seconds using copper etching solution (Cu-02, manufactured by KANTO CHEMICAL CO.,INC.), and the resist was stripped using a 4% sodium hydroxide solution to create the circuit wiring pattern. The circuit wiring pattern obtained in Example 1 was observed under a microscope, and the result showed no stripping or missing parts, indicating a complete pattern.
<實施例2~9及比較例1~2> 除了按照表4的記載變更暫時支撐體的種類及感光性樹脂組成物的種類以外,藉由遵照實施例1的方法之方法製作出轉印材料、附銅層之PET基板、樹脂圖案及電路配線圖案。<Examples 2-9 and Comparative Examples 1-2> Except for changing the type of temporary support and the type of photosensitive resin composition according to Table 4, the transfer material, the copper-coated PET substrate, the resin pattern and the circuit wiring pattern are produced by following the method of Example 1.
<靜摩擦係數及動摩擦係數> 剝離保護膜之後,將轉印材料在線壓0.6MPa、線速(層壓速度)0.5m/分鐘的層壓條件下層壓於附銅層之PET基板。藉由在附銅層之PET基板上的轉印材料的層壓,在附銅層之PET基板的銅層上依序配置了感光層及暫時支撐體。剝離暫時支撐體,使露出之感光層與具有5mm的厚度之透明鈉玻璃(200x200mm□)接觸。使用Tensilon萬能材料試驗機(RTF1210,A&D Company, Limited製造)及塑膠摩擦係數測定夾具(J-PZ2-50N,A&D Company, Limited製造),藉由塑膠-薄膜及薄片摩擦係數試驗方法(JIS K7125:1999)測定了靜摩擦係數及動摩擦係數。以下示出試驗條件,並將測定結果示於表4。 荷重:200g 接觸面積:63mm×63mm 試驗速度:100mm/分鐘<Static and Dynamic Friction Coefficients> After peeling off the protective film, the transfer material is laminated onto the copper-coated PET substrate under lamination conditions of 0.6 MPa linear pressure and 0.5 m/min linear speed (lamination speed). Through the lamination of the transfer material on the copper-coated PET substrate, a photosensitive layer and a temporary support are sequentially disposed on the copper layer of the copper-coated PET substrate. The temporary support is then peeled off, exposing the photosensitive layer to contact a 5 mm thick transparent sodium glass (200 x 200 mm). The static and dynamic coefficients of friction were determined using a Tensilon universal testing machine (RTF1210, manufactured by A&D Company, Limited) and a plastic friction coefficient measuring fixture (J-PZ2-50N, manufactured by A&D Company, Limited) according to the test method for the coefficient of friction of plastic films and sheets (JIS K7125:1999). The test conditions are shown below, and the test results are presented in Table 4. Load: 200g; Contact area: 63mm × 63mm; Test speed: 100mm/min.
<光滑性(靜摩擦)> 依據靜摩擦係數,按照以下基準評價了光滑性。將評價結果示於表4。 5:未達0.4 4:0.4以上且未達0.6 3:0.6以上且未達1.0 2:1.0以上且未達2.0 1:2.0以上或無法測定<Smoothness (Static Friction)> Smoothness was evaluated according to the following criteria based on the coefficient of static friction. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4. 5: Less than 0.4; 4: 0.4 or higher but less than 0.6; 3: 0.6 or higher but less than 1.0; 2: 1.0 or higher but less than 2.0; 1: 2.0 or higher or unmeasurable.
<光滑性(動摩擦)> 依據動摩擦係數,按照以下基準評價了光滑性。將評價結果示於表4。 5:未達0.3 4:0.3以上且未達0.45 3:0.45以上且未達0.75 2:0.75以上且未達1.5 1:1.5以上或無法測定<Smoothness (Kinetic Friction)> Smoothness was evaluated according to the coefficient of kinetic friction based on the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4. 5: Less than 0.3 4: 0.3 or higher but less than 0.45 3: 0.45 or higher but less than 0.75 2: 0.75 or higher but less than 1.5 1: 1.5 or higher or unmeasurable
<直線性> 剝離保護膜之後,將轉印材料在線壓0.6MPa、線速(層壓速度)0.5m/分鐘的層壓條件下層壓於附銅層之PET基板。剝離暫時支撐體,使轉印材料的感光層與具有線寬10μm的線與空間圖案(Duty比=1:1)之玻璃製遮罩接觸。以10μm的線與空間圖案的顯影後的線寬成為10μm之曝光量,使用超高壓水銀燈照射包含g射線(436nm)、h射線(405nm)及i射線(365nm)之光並經由遮罩對感光層進行了曝光。靜置30分鐘之後進行了顯影。在顯影中,使用28℃的1.0質量%碳酸鈉水溶液進行40秒噴淋顯影,藉此製作出樹脂圖案。使用銅蝕刻液(Cu-02,KANTO CHEMICAL CO.,INC.製造),在23℃對包含樹脂圖案之積層體進行30秒鐘蝕刻,並使用4質量%氫氧化鈉溶液進行阻劑剝離,藉此製作出配線圖案。在100個點測定配線圖案的線寬,計算出LWR(亦即,線寬的標準偏差)。依據LWR,按照以下基準評價了配線的直線性。將評價結果示於表4。以下所示之基準1~5的數值愈大,則配線圖案的直線性愈優異。 5:未達150nm 4:150nm以上且未達200nm 3:200nm以上且未達300nm 2:300nm以上且未達500nm 1:500nm以上<Linearity> After peeling off the protective film, the transfer material is laminated onto a copper-coated PET substrate under lamination conditions of 0.6 MPa linear pressure and 0.5 m/min linear speed (lamination speed). The temporary support is then removed, allowing the photosensitive layer of the transfer material to contact a glass mask with a 10 μm linewidth and spatial pattern (duty ratio = 1:1). The 10 μm linewidth after development is used as the exposure dose, and the photosensitive layer is exposed to light including gamma rays (436 nm), hamma rays (405 nm), and iamma rays (365 nm) through the mask using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. After standing for 30 minutes, development was performed. During development, a 40-second spray development using a 1.0% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 28°C was used to create the resin pattern. The laminate containing the resin pattern was etched at 23°C for 30 seconds using copper etching solution (Cu-02, manufactured by KANTO CHEMICAL CO.,INC.), followed by resist stripping using a 4% sodium hydroxide solution to create the wiring pattern. The linewidth of the wiring pattern was measured at 100 points, and the LWR (i.e., the standard deviation of the linewidth) was calculated. Based on the LWR, the straightness of the wiring was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4. The larger the value of criteria 1-5 shown below, the better the straightness of the wiring pattern. 5: Less than 150nm; 4: 150nm or more but less than 200nm; 3: 200nm or more but less than 300nm; 2: 300nm or more but less than 500nm; 1: 500nm or more.
[表4]
表4表示實施例1~9中之光滑性(靜摩擦)比比較例1~2中之光滑性(靜摩擦)優異。表4表示實施例1~9中之光滑性(動摩擦)比比較例1~2中之光滑性(動摩擦)優異。Table 4 shows that the smoothness (static friction) of Examples 1-9 is superior to that of Comparative Examples 1-2. Table 4 also shows that the smoothness (dynamic friction) of Examples 1-9 is superior to that of Comparative Examples 1-2.
10:暫時支撐體 20:感光層 30:保護膜 100:轉印材料 GR:遮光部(非圖像部) EX:曝光部(圖像部) DL:對準用框10: Temporary support; 20: Photosensitive layer; 30: Protective film; 100: Transfer material; GR: Light-blocking part (non-image part); EX: Exposure part (image part); DL: Alignment frame
圖1係表示某一實施形態的轉印材料的構成的一例之概略圖。 圖2係表示圖案A之概略俯視圖。 圖3係表示圖案B之概略俯視圖。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the composition of a transfer material in one embodiment. Figure 2 is a schematic top view of pattern A. Figure 3 is a schematic top view of pattern B.
10:暫時支撐體 20:感光層 30:保護膜 100:轉印材料10: Temporary support; 20: Photosensitive layer; 30: Protective film; 100: Transfer material.
Claims (16)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020-217655 | 2020-12-25 | ||
| JP2020217655 | 2020-12-25 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202231479A TW202231479A (en) | 2022-08-16 |
| TWI904311B true TWI904311B (en) | 2025-11-11 |
Family
ID=
Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201947319A (en) | 2018-05-16 | 2019-12-16 | 日商日立化成股份有限公司 | Photosensitive film and method for forming permanent mask resist |
Patent Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201947319A (en) | 2018-05-16 | 2019-12-16 | 日商日立化成股份有限公司 | Photosensitive film and method for forming permanent mask resist |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7555396B2 (en) | Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and temporary support for photosensitive transfer material | |
| WO2022163778A1 (en) | Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, method for manufacturing electronic device, and photosensitive transfer material | |
| JP2024111000A (en) | Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and polyethylene terephthalate film | |
| JP7479487B2 (en) | Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, etching method, and electronic device manufacturing method | |
| JP2024003008A (en) | Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing conductive pattern, and touch sensor | |
| JP7342246B2 (en) | Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method | |
| TWI904311B (en) | Transfer material and method for producing laminate | |
| TW202229012A (en) | Transfer material and production method of laminate body | |
| TW202302348A (en) | Transfer film and conductor pattern manufacturing method | |
| TW202325543A (en) | Photosensitive transfer material for forming vapor deposition mask and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask | |
| WO2021199542A1 (en) | Light-sensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring | |
| JP7791121B2 (en) | Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, method for manufacturing electronic device, and photosensitive transfer material | |
| JP7416910B2 (en) | Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and temporary support for photosensitive transfer material | |
| CN114930250B (en) | Method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, method for producing touch panel, and photosensitive transfer member | |
| TW202231479A (en) | Transfer material and method for producing laminate | |
| TW202311872A (en) | Method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film | |
| WO2022181455A1 (en) | Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern | |
| TW202330959A (en) | Method of producing deposition mask | |
| TW202311049A (en) | Transfer film, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern | |
| TW202513307A (en) | Photosensitive transfer material and production method thereof | |
| WO2022163301A1 (en) | Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method | |
| TW202307026A (en) | Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate having a conductive pattern | |
| JP2024036431A (en) | Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method | |
| CN116635790A (en) | Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, method for producing electronic device, and method for producing laminate | |
| JP2025105901A (en) | Photosensitive transfer material and method for producing resin pattern |